Catalogue_2010_EN_lores

Page 1

C ATA L O G U E 2 0 1 0 – E N G L I S H V E R S I O N

Products and Systems for Building Automation


Table of Contents Meet the Challenger

5

Detectors

147

Regin Systems

21

Energy meters

151

Regin SCADA software for complete control

26

Energy meter with M-Bus interface

152

EXOflex - Freely programmable controllers

36

Energy meters

153

EXOcompact - Freely programmable controllers

47

EXO accessories

50

Accessories

157

Modems

158

Displays

160

Step controllers

163 166

Controllers and thermostats for DIN-rail mounting

53

Corrigo E - Pre-programmed controllers

62

Power supply units

CAN-IO-Module

66

Transformers

167

RegelUNIT 6X

70

Miscellaneous accessories

169

RegelUNIT 9X

72

Compact controller RV5027

75

Optigo - Pre-programmed, stand-alone controllers

76

Valves and valve actuators

171

Thermostats for DIN-rail mounting

80

Thermal actuators and valves

177

Accessories for thermal actuators and valves

179

Valves and actuators

180

Flanged valves and actuators

188

Adapter kits

197

Damper actuators

201

Room controllers/thermostats

83

Regio - The ultimate zone control system

84

Room controllers/thermostats

93

Electromechanical thermostats

97

Floorigo - Electr. thermostats for flush mounting

99

Electronic thermostats

101

Damper actuators with spring return

202

Duct controllers

102

Damper actuators without spring return

203

Damper actuator accessories

205

Miscellaneous products

207

Application examples

211

Electric heating controllers

103

Sensors and switches

109

Temperature sensors - NTC

116

Temperature sensors - PT100/PT1000

120

Application examples

212

Temperature sensors for R+S products

125

Control systems

221

Remote setpoint units

128

Temperature transmitters

130

Humidistats - Electromechanical

131

Index

225

Humidistats - Electronic

133

Humidity/temperature transmitters

134

Humidity accessories

138

Pressure

139

Flow

144

CO2/CO transmitters

145


Meet the Challenger in Building Automation

1

Regin Systems

2

Controllers and thermostats for DIN-rail mounting

3

Room controllers/thermostats

4

Electric heating controllers

5

Sensors and switches

6

Detectors

7

Energy meters

8

Accessories

9

Valves and valve actuators

10

Damper actuators

11

Miscellaneous products

12

Application examples

13

Index

14


P r o d u c t

n e w s

Product News EXOreport 2010 – compatible with Excel 2007 The menu system of EXOreport 2010 is now more standardised according to the latest Office technology when using Excel 2007.

New Regio Midi controller with CO2 input

RC-CDOC is a new model in the Regio Midi range of controllers. It has an input for carbon dioxide measurement. When the carbon dioxide level exceeds a certain settable value, forced ventilation is activated. The controller also has VAV control with carbon dioxide monitoring as well as an output for control of a supply air damper. The heating output can be set to normally open or normally closed. It is also possible to change the communication addresses via the display.

Clamp-on sensor for surface temperature measurement TG-AH1/PT1000 is a new clamp-on sensor in the Tempero range with PT1000 element. It is easy to install, exchange or dismantle without having to strip off too much insulation around the pipe. The sensor is delivered with a metal strap and contact paste.

Room controllers and thermostats for fan-coil applications The RCF range is designed for energy-efficient climate control in for example hotels and offices where you want to control the temperature in each individual room. The range consists of five models with 230 V power supply. They can be used in 2- or 4-pipe systems with on/off, thermal, 3-position or analogue 0...10 V actuators. The units are available with automatic or manual change-over function. They have an aesthetic and stylish design inspired by our award-winning Regio controllers.

Valve actuators for ZTV/ZTR The RVAZ4 valve actuators are especially designed for the valves in the ZTV/ZTR range. They are easy to mount and have a clear position indication which shows the position of the actuator. The actuators have manual manoeuvring and automatic stroke adjustment. They are available in models for 0‌10 V or 3-position control and 24 V AC or 230 V AC supply voltage.

Zone valves, 2- and 3-way, DN15...DN20 The valves in the ZTV/ZTR series are intended for control of hot and cold water in climate, heating and ventilation systems. They are completely bubble tight when closed, which minimises energy costs and saves the environment. The valves should be used together with the RVAZ4 actuators.

Page 2


P r o d u c t

n e w s

EXO4 Web Server 2010 EXO4 Web Server 2010 has an improved user interface which makes historical charts and time channels even easier to access. The historical charts have many useful functions. The time channels can be changed with a simple drag-and-drop function.

Control the energy consumption of your buildings with Arrigo 2010 The universal web portal Arrigo helps you collect all property data in one place where it can be accessed at any time, regardless of where you are. The user can generate complete energy reports, which are based on the area of the building, etc. It is also possible to compare the energy consumption of your properties over a period of up to five years, which gives you full control of the energy use.

New, improved Corrigo E version The interface of the new Corrigo E version is adjusted according to the user’s needs. Only menus for configured functions are shown, as well as headings and menus which are relevant to the specific level. The controllers communicate via RS485, TCP/IP, LON, Modbus, EXOline, OPC or Mbus. In models with two communications ports, the number of inputs and outputs can be expanded by up to 84 I/Os by connecting a second Corrigo E unit (without display) to the master controller.

Multi-range DTL models The differential pressure transmitter DTL is available in multi-range models with four different working ranges; 100/300/500 Pa, 300/500/1000 Pa, 500/1000/1600 Pa and 1600/2500/5000 Pa.

Page 3


p r o d u c t

Page 4

n e w s


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

C hapt er 1

Meet the Challenger in Building Automation

Chapter 1

Page 5


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

The Challenger! A history of knowledge, experience and constant product development Ever since Regin was established in 1947, we have developed and marketed products and systems that create good levels of indoor comfort. Today, we are an important player with one of the market's broadest ranges for building automation. You will also find that we have the knowledge, experience and resources to give you first-class support and guidance. What makes Regin stand out the most is probably our undivided commitment and our motivation to do our best for our customers and partners. Many see us as the challenger within building automation. That stimulates us to work even harder.

The year 1947. Regin was founded and the first product was launched - a humidistat.

Page 6

The early 70s Regin's first controllers for electric heating.

• Has developed energy-efficient solutions since 1947 • Broad product range • Does not carry out installation - works through a network of partners who compete under equal conditions • Wide technical competence - from electromechanics to system development

The mid-80s A new module-based controller system.

The beginning of the 2000s The first controllers with complete Internet access.

2006. Regio. A completely new concept for zone control. Awarded the IF Award in 2007.

Chapter 1


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1

Commitment and motivation Our goal is to make Regin your* leading supplier of solutions that contribute to reduced energy consumption and sustainable development. Therefore, all of us in the Regin Group have the same values. Our task is to always do our utmost to solve your problems. Hence, you, as a customer, have access to our knowledgeable staff in product development, technical sales support, training, logistics etc, who are always there for you. *whether you are an integrator, consultant, distributor, installation engineer or property owner.

2007. Optigo. The universal controller for all fundamental control functions.

Chapter 1

2008. Corrigo Web Controller with integrated web browser.

Our guiding values Take part We always do our utmost to solve our customers' problems Listen We always listen before we act and react Be knowledgeable We must be knowledgeable and good at what we do Simplicity It must be easy to do business with us Commitment We commit ourselves to what we do

2008. Regin launches a series of energysaving valves that seal 100%

2008. Continued Web development.

Regin is investing vigorously in energy-efficient solutions for the future.

Page 7


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

Global strength, strong local presence Regin is an international Group with representation in about forty countries. The head office is located in Kållered (Gothenburg) Our product development centres are located in Varberg and Landskrona. In Landskrona, we also have a sales office, technical support, as well as the Regin Academy, our training centre. The main warehouse, logistics unit and valve division are located in Osby.

Gothenburg Paris Madrid

In addition, Regin has offices in Stockholm, Paris, Berlin, Hong Kong, Hangzhou, Singapore and Almaty in Kazakhstan. Thanks to our global presence with strong local representation, we are well aware of the requirements of the market, as well as of how our products and systems function under the most variable conditions.

• Sales offices in Stockholm, Gothenburg, Paris, Berlin, Singapore, Hangzhou, Hong Kong and Almaty in Kazakhstan • Representation in over 40 countries • Reference installations all around the world • A network of local distributors and integrators

Stockholm Berlin Almaty Hangzhou Hong Kong Singapore Sales Office Stockholm Head Office: Gothenburg R&D Varberg R&D and Academy Landskrona

Page 8

Logistics Centre Osby

Chapter 1


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1

Professional partners

Integrators

Distributors

Regin does not perform installations. Instead, we offer a network of certified integrators who are responsible for planning, installation, commissioning and maintenance. The integrators are certified, after training at the Regin Academy. You can choose the integrator you want to work with - they all compete under the same conditions.

Our products and systems are kept in stock by distributors in about 40 countries around the world. They are responsible for marketing the products locally to consultants, installation engineers, property companies as well as to companies working with integration and system solutions.

Regin Gold Certified Integrators

Regin Certified Distributors

• Handle all of Regin's products and systems. • Are RGCI certified by the Regin Academy and have completed all of the courses. • Have access to reference plants (for study visits).

• Represent our complete product range, including our systems. • Well acquainted with Regin's brand and values. • They have the resources to provide high-quality local support. • Build networks with system integrators.

• Have access to extensive technical support from Regin. Regin Distributors Regin Certified Integrators • Primarily handle Regin's system products. • Are RCI certified by the Regin Academy and have completed courses in Regin's systems. • Can advance to RGCI - Gold Certified Integrator by taking all of the courses.

Chapter 1

• Represent Regin's basic range (not systems and system products) • Have a good knowledge of Regin's products and brand. • Can advance to RCD after training at the Regin Academy

Page 9


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

ENGELSK

Regin’s systems offer total freedom Modbus

- Complete range - from individual products to comprehensive systems

Internet • Radio • Dial-up • GSM • Satellite

MBus SOFTWARE

SIOX

EXO4 – SCADA control & supervision EXOreport – Analysis and presentation EXOdesigner – Development tool EXO4 Web Server – Web access

EIB

- Open systems which allow integration with systems operating with other standards and equipment of other brands

OPC server – For open integration E tool© Regio tool© IRMA – Building control software

EXOline LON

- Modular construction for flexible, simple and cost-effective system expansion

CONTROLLERS – Freely programmable EXOflex – With maximum flexibility EXOcompact – Small yet powerful Regio Maxi – Advanced zone control

TCP/IP

- Backward-compatible products

RS485 BACnet

Corrigo Regio Optigo CLEVER master UNIT6X/9X

CONTROLLERS – Pre-programmed

ZONE CONTROLLERS / THERMOSTATS Mechanical & Electronic thermostats

Regio – Room controllers Pulser & TTC – Triac controllers Floorigo – Thermostats for floorheating

TRANSMITTERS & SENSORS

SWITCHES

DETECTORS

Temperature, Humidity, Pressure, CO2

Differential pressure, humidity, flow

Smoke

VALVES

O SB Y OAB

Presence

ACTUATORS

ACCESSORIES Modems

Transformers

Step controller

Casings

Display units

A Regin system can always be modified and expanded in a cost-effective fashion, in step with changes in the conditions.

Page 10

Chapter 1


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1

Regin’s energy-efficient solutions can be found all over the world Regin’s products and systems save energy and facilitate operation and maintenance in buildings in all parts of the world under the most variable conditions.

Museums

Tenants and anyone working or staying in the buildings always enjoy a comfortable indoor climate.

Hotels

Hospitals

Zhanjiang, China

Adana State hospital, Turkey

Waterparks

Shopping centres

Arenas

Aqua Mundo, the Netherlands

Panora shopping centre, Turkey

Läkerol Arena, Sweden

National Film Museum, China

Visit our homepage for more information, www.regin.se

Chapter 1

Page 11


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

Regin System for open flexible integration

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

Software EXO4 Powerful SCADA that provides complete control and supervision of property functions, and measurement data.

EXOflex

EXOcompact

Controllers for larger systems

Controllers for smaller and intermediate systems

Freely programmable controllers and regulation units to be supplemented with plug-in units (PIFA) for different applications. Communication via GSM,TCP/IP, LAN/WAN, landline, satellite, etc. A web interface provides Internet access.

Powerful freely programmable controllers for heating, ventilation and zone control especially suited for the EXO system.

EXOdesigner Software tool for creating a Regin System with a communication network, configuring controllers and creating SCADA systems. EXOreport Supplementary programme for EXO4. Simplifies and automates the analysis and presentations of the collected measurements. Data can be processed in Microsoft Excel. EXO4 Web Server Gives access to the Regin system via Internet/Intranet. EXOopc Driver Makes it possible to connect EXO controllers to other units that support the OPC standard. Arrigo A powerful, web-based platform, useful in all phases of energy consumption streamlining. Collects information from start-up until the measures are completed. Enables connection with the EXOsystem in one or more properties in order to control and supervise operations

Regio Maxi

Zone controller Freely programmable controller with communication. Can be connected to bus systems: LON, Modbus, EXOline (TCP/ IP or RS485). Web interface for remote reading and setting.

EXOcommunicator

Integration and communication solutions Solutions for integration with the vast majority of standards, incl. TCP/IP, LON, EIB, MBus, Modbus, Siox, EXOline etc. Communication via radio, telephony, GSM, cable TV, network, satellite, etc.

EXOhotel A supplementary programme based on the Fidelio protocol, which makes it possible to connect a hotel booking system with EXO4. Weatherlink Weather forecast control makes it possible to control the heating of the property based on the external temperature and an equivalent temperature based on the weather forecast that takes into consideration the wind, sun, etc. E tool® With E tool ®, a PC based tool, Corrigo E can be quickly adjusted for each application. Regio tool® Configuration and commissioning software for Regio Zone Control System.

Expandable control system with application programs CLEVER system Flexible, expandable system with up to 30 different application programs or for controlling up to 50 room units

CAN-IO-Module: Modules with 8 or 16 inputs/outputs

CLEVER control Display with information in clear text, for handling CLEVER master and the R+S controllers RU9X and RU 6X

CLEVER grafic

Software IRMA System Communicates with a system's R+S controllers via bus line, modem, network and the Internet. Clientserver operation with MS Windows 2000, XP, Vista or Windows Server 2003 Configuration tool PC-based tool for building up a CLEVER system • Planning and commissioning of inputs and outputs • Installation of application programs and activation of optional functions • Creation of configuration data for downloading in CLEVER master

Touch panel/display for control of CLEVER master and the R+S controllers RU9X and RU 6X via a graphical interface

Page 12

Chapter 1


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1 Controllers and Thermostats DIN Mounting

Controllers and Thermostats for room control Regio Maxi Freely programmable room controllers with communication. Can be connected to bus systems such as LON, Modbus or EXOline (TCP/IP or RS485). The web interface provides access for remote reading and setting of setpoint values.

Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

Pre-programmed controllers for control of heating, cooling, zones etc. It can be equipped with communication ports for TCP/IP, LON or EXOline networks, for access, e.g., via the Internet. Regio Midi and Mini

E tool速

With E tool速, a PC based tool, Corrigo E can be quickly adjusted for each application

CLEVER master

Operating system for up to 30 control programs or for control of up to 50 rooms/zones. Handles up to 32 CAN-IO modules with a maximum number of 512 inputs and outputs, 50 CAN- remote control units. Communication via M-Bus with up to 250 participants.

Regio Midi Pre-programmed room controllers with features of the stand-alone version, but with communication via Modbus or EXOline (RS485).

Regio Mini Pre-programmed room controllers for stand-alone control of heating and cooling in a room.

Regio tool速

Configuration and commissioning software for Regio Zone Control System.

Controllers

RegelUNIT 6X, 9X

Controllers with ready-to-go software modules. Expandable with up to 30 control programs or 50 single room programs.

Optigo

A series of controllers for control of temperature, CO2, pressure and humidity in HVAC applications, as well as for control of domestic hot water.

Controller for Fan Coil

Room controller

Room controllers with display

Thermostats A broad range of mechanical and electrical thermostats for mounting on the wall, flush mounting or on a DIN rail.

Duct Controller & Thermostat Heating/Cooling Electronic thermostat for underfloor heating

Chapter 1

Room thermostats electronic

Mechanical thermostats

Page 13


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

Controllers, electrical heating

Sensors, switches and detectors

For mounting on the wall or on a DIN rail, as well as for 1-phase 230V, 2 and 3-phase 230V/400V.

Everything you need to measure and control the indoor climate is included here.

Temperature Room, outdoor, clampon, duct and immersion sensors.

Pressure For measurement, regulation and monitoring of pressure in liquid and air PULSER room controllers with and without display

CO2/CO Also available as combination sensors for CO2, temperature and humidity. For room or duct mounting PULSER controller for DIN-rail mounting

Humidity

Available only for humidity or as a combined sensor for humidity and temperature. Room humidity sensor

TTC controller for DIN-rail mounting

Duct humidity sensor

Humidistats Wall or duct mounting

Flow

TTC controller for wall mounting

Stable output signal with compensation for temperature variations. Flow-switch

Air velocity sensor

Presence detectors

Smoke detectors

Step controller used for larger loads

Ceiling

Page 14

Wall

Ceiling

Wall

Control and alarm unit

Chapter 1 


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1 Accessories

Valves & Actuators

Modem

Valves District heating, hot water, hot service water, district cooling, cooling water, fan coil. Wide range from DN15 to DN150

Transformers

2-way valves

Zone valves

2-way and 3-way control valves

Mains power supply

District heating valves

2 and 3 way valves with flange

Valve actuators With 0‌10 V, 3-way control or on/off control signal. Thermal actuators for chilled ceilings, underfloor heating and air-conditioning units (fan-coil) Damper actuators with or without spring return.

Step controller

Displays and Panel PC Valve and actuator for fan coil

Other accessories Casings

Valve actuators 400 Nm

Valve actuator RVA 500 - 2500 Nm

Damper actuators Full range of damper actuators with or without spring return.

Manometer

Damper actuators with spring return 4 Nm

Chapter 1

Thermal actuators 100 Nm

Damper actuators with spring return 15 Nm

Damper actuators 5-40 Nm

Page 15


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

Towards a bright future Regin's concept for streamlining of energy consumption is aimed at reducing a property’s energy consumption through increased insight. Commitment is ensured through the active participation of the property owner and the personnel. Regin runs and is responsible for the project. Through access to our extensive network of knowledgeable integration engineers, we put together, in consultation with the property owner, the exact working group that is needed for the task. Consultants and installation engineers can also be included. Regin and the integrator contribute competence, experience and practical solutions that provide the property owner with a more energyefficient property. All three of them win. This is why the concept is called Regin W3. With the implementation of last of the five stages, Regin's responsibility for the project is transferred to a property energy group, which carries on with the work.

Arrigo – the universal portal Arrigo is a universal portal that ties together the property's technical and administrative systems. All of the data and functions concerning the property are accessible through direct links and search functions. From Arrigo, it is possible to connect directly to EXO 4 (Regin's SCADA system) or other systems in a common interface. There is automatic access to alarm lists and error reports. It is possible to supervise the operation, read off the energy consumption, etc. At the same time, Arrigo is a practical tool for planning, initialisation, as well as follow-up on service and maintenance. Through Arrigo, it is also possible to access technical documentation, as-built documentation, inspection reports, energy declarations, etc.

Regin W3 Energy Efficiency

Stages of the energy project 1. Startup and planning 2. Analysis of the current situation, data collection, inspection 3. Processing of ideas for energy-efficient measures

Page 16

4. Implementation of designated measures 5. Evaluation and startup of internal energy group 6. The property owner's working group carries on with the project

Arrigo – the universal portal

Chapter 1


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1

Regin Academy – knowledge and experience Our activities for more than sixty years have given us knowledge and experience we would like to share. This is why we have been running the Regin Academy for several years now with the purpose of training integrators, distributors and other customers in our systems and products. The courses are based on our experience in building automation, as well as on our dialogue with consultants, integrators and property owners and managers.

KNOW-HOW IN BUILDING AUTOMATION

Chapter 1

Page 17


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

Dynamic development Flexible manufacture Every year, Regin dedicates approx. 10% of its turnover to the development of new products. Our goal is to find new, intelligent solutions that save energy. For example, Regin's own valve centre in Osby has developed a new generation of valves with a sealing technology that makes them completely tight in closed position. As a leader in the field, Regin now offers several valve series with this sealing technology that will successively include more valves.

Ready-Steady-Go makes the job easier

Quality and flexibility in manufacturing Our products are manufactured by a group of selected partners who work with the absolute latest and most modern technology. Our task is to take responsibility for purchasing of materials and components, production planning, as well as a certain degree of assembly. This arrangement gives us full control of the complete production chain, from prototype to series production, with guaranteed high quality assurance. At the same time, this gives extremely high flexibility and short lead times.

Ready-Steady-Go is another example of how we run our development with the aim of simplifying installation, commissioning and use. The concept can be found in the Corrigo E, Regio and Optigo controller products, as well as in our FRS district heating valves.

Page 18

Chapter 1 


M e e t

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

1

We take OEM customers' ideas and turn them into reality Regin has developed products and systems for control/regulation of indoor climate since 1947. This competence, together with our production resources, is an asset for many customers who entrust our OEM department with helping them with everything from product design to the finished product. Since we have a long tradition in flow control, we also develop and produce valves and actuators for different OEM applications.

• Project leaders with technical and commercial competence

Our services

Examples of OEM areas of expertise:

- Product design, construction - Prototype production - PCB production - Injection moulding of casings - Assembly - Testing, e.g. climate tests - Customising different applications - Programming - Customised packaging - Manuals, instructions

- Zone control - Ventilation - Heating/cooling - Dehumidification/Humidification - Heat pumps - District heating/cooling - Circuit boards/PCB

Chapter 1

• Specialists in design, programming, web technology, etc. • Purchasing department with a wide network • Technical support/helpdesk

Page 19


M e e t

Page 20

t h e

C h a l l e n g e r

i n

B u i l d i n g

A u t o m a t i o n

Chapter 1 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

C hapt er 2

Regin Systems Regin’s SCADA and development tools are designed for use with the EXO hardware. The result is a highly effective and user-friendly building automation system where the software takes full advantage of all the possibilities of the hardware.

Chapter 2

Page 21


R e g i n

Page 22

S y s t e m s

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Regin Systems 2

Regin Systems cover all types of applications, such as climate control units, heat pumps, boilers, district heating/cooling, etc. Alarms, access control and lighting management systems can be integrated with Regin Systems. A Regin System provides a flexible installation which can be modified and extended cost-effectively

as requirements change. New units can be added to existing systems and linked to older controllers and equipment. A Regin System can also be integrated with systems made by other manufacturers and following different standards.

Market-leading solutions in web-based building automation Regin has developed the market’s broadest concept for building automation based on TCP/IP and the Internet. Regin’s Internet solutions enable you to control, regulate and monitor everything from individual units and functions to large building complexes. Solutions include web-based technology for: • EXO4 Web Server • Corrigo Web • EXOcommunicator

Chapter 2

Page 23


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Bus systems: • TCP/IP • BACnet • LON • KNX/EIB • EXOline • Modbus • M-bus, SIOX • N2 Bus • S-bus • Trend • OPC

Communication: For communication between the system’s units and modules and the SCADA system. • Telephone lines • GSM • TCP/IP • LAN/WAN • Internet • Cable • Satellite • GPRS

Management/ administrator

Integrators

EXO4 Web Server EXO4 SCADA EXOreport EXOdesigner Arrigo

EXO OPC EXOflex TCP/IP

Regio RU

Caretaker

Regio RU Corrigo Web

Hotel booking system

FOREIGN SCADA & PRODUCTS

EXOhotel EXOflex

Service & maintenance

C ON TRO L & SUP E RV I S I O N

Page 24

M ANAGEMENT TO O LS

S MALL BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

Chapter 2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

2 Weatherlink ROUTER

VENTILATION/ AIR HANDLING

TCP/IP RS485 LON EXOline Modbus

EXOflex

EXOcompact

ZONE CONTROL

Regio Maxi RCP

EX8282

Regio Maxi RU

Regio Maxi RU

RS485

EX8282

Regio Midi

Regio Midi

KNX/EIB

Corrigo Web

LIGHTING BLINDS ENTRANCE CONTROL

EXOflex

EXO4 Nimbus EXOreport

EXOflex

Regio Midi

LOCAL MAINTENANCE/ SUPERVISION PanelPC

M-bus

HEATING/COOLING EXOcompact EXOflex

Corrigo E

EXOcommunicator

BACnet etc. HEATING/COOLING

LA R GE B U I LDING M A N AGE M E N T SYS TEMS

Chapter 2

AP P LIC ATIO NS

Page 25


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Regin SCADA software for complete control Software specifically designed for use together with Regin’s EXO hardware. The result is a highly effective and user-friendly building automation system with software that takes full advantage of all the possibilities offered by the hardware. Operating system Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, Windows 7. For detailed information, see the respective manuals. Communication ports for the application.

Page 26

Arrigo Regular service and maintenance are essential prerequisites for energy-efficient buildings. Regin’s web portal Arrigo gives you a platform to start from.

EXO4 Web Server Gives access to the automation system from any Internet-connected computer with a web browser.

EXOhotel A supplementary program based on the Fidelio protocol, which makes it possible to connect a hotel booking system with EXO4.

EXOreport EXOreport is an add-on program for EXO4 that simplifies and automates the analysis and presentation of collected operational data. Stored data is available in Microsoft Excel format.

Weatherlink Weather forecast control makes it possible to control the heating of a property based on the outdoor temperature and weather forecasts that take wind, sun, etc. into consideration.

EXOopc Driver EXOopc Driver makes it possible to connect the EXO controllers to any software supporting the OPC standard. This means that most of the SCADA software available in the market can be used together with our controllers.

EXO4 EXO4 is a complete and powerful SCADA system that gives the operator a full overview of the building management system and direct access to all the important parameters, functions and stored data.

EXOdesigner EXOdesigner is a software tool for design and configuration of a complete EXO system. It includes functions for designing communication networks, configuring controllers and SCADA design. By using only one programming tool, you are free to change controllers in your system without having to rewrite all the programs.

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Arrigo 2010 Web-based portal for planning of operation, maintenance and administration Maintenance and service are, besides energy consumption, major property costs. Regular service and maintenance are essential prerequisites for energy-efficient buildings. Regin’s web portal gives you a platform to start from.

More efficient operation and energy use • Planned service measures • Error reports • Alarm reports and measures taken • Time and energy reports, based on the area of the building, etc. • Compare the energy consumption of your properties over a period of up to five years • Automatic connection to different service companies

All information in one place • Technical documentation/as-built documentation for each building • Inspection protocols • Energy declarations

We take care of the hosting • No need for investments or IT personnel • Increased operation reliability

Chapter 2

Description

Number of buildings

Payment

Type

Portal for planning of operation, maintenance and administration

5

Monthly

ARRIGO XS

25

Monthly

ARRIGO S

100

Monthly

ARRIGO M

200

Monthly

ARRIGO L

500

Monthly

ARRIGO XL

Unlimited

Monthly

ARRIGO XXL

Description

Type

Start and setup

ARRIGO SETUP

Size upgrade

ARRIGO UPGRADE

Page 27

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXO4 Powerful SCADA system giving you complete control and overview of one or many buildings. You can handle alarms and access all important parameters, functions and data. Design tools It is easy to design user-friendly screens in EXO4 with the built-in configuration tools. Included in EXO4 is InkScape, an advanced tool for design of images. It comes with a large library of graphic symbols and SCADA pictures. EXO4 also supports animated symbols and offers many possibilities to configure the SCADA design according to your requirements.

SCADA/HMI software for operator stations EXO4 has a graphical user interface and all settings and commands are very easy to use. The software is sold together with a matching hardware key.

EXO4 can handle communication with the Regin System via our EXOline protocol. EXO4 can also communicate via the BACnet protocol, which is useful for communication with devices of other brands. The BACnet driver works with EXO4M7 and larger.

EXO4 systems come in six different sizes EXO4 is always supplied with a hardware key. The size of the key depends on the requested number of I/Os. You can choose between PC card and USB versions, see below.

• Dynamic visualization of plants and processes • Real-time curves and trends • Time channel program • Historical database • Alarm and status supervision with three alarm priority levels • Registration and handling of events • Support for SQL • Client-server for large systems with many workstations • Script language available

The EXO software is copy protected and requires the prior installation of a hardware key. The keys are available in USB or PC card versions. The licence includes SQL Express which is capable of handling 4 Gbyte data. For larger databases, the SQL Server is used (not included). The licence also includes all configuration tools.

EXO4 EXO4 version

Max. number of I/Os

Several computers connected in a network

Version

Type

EXO4 2009 TRIAL

75 I/Os

No

-

EXO4TRIAL

EXO4 2009 XS7

300 I/Os

Yes

PC card USB

EXO4XS7PCC-2009 EXO4XS7USB-2009

EXO4 2009 S7

500 I/Os

Yes

PC card USB

EXO4S7PCC-2009 EXO4S7USB-2009

EXO4 2009 M7

1000 I/Os

Yes

PC card USB

EXO4M7PCC-2009 EXO4M7USB-2009

EXO4 2009 L7

3000 I/Os

Yes

PC card USB

EXO4L7PCC-2009 EXO4L7USB-2009

EXO4 2009 XL7

Unlimited

Yes

PC card USB

EXO4XL7PCC-2009 EXO4XL7USB-2009

BACnet Driver EXO4 EXO4 communicates directly with BACnet systems. The BACnet driver software is intended for use together with EXO4 and works with EXOkey M7 and larger. A hardware key type 7 or later is required.

Page 28

Description

Type

BACnet Driver EXO4

EXO4OPC-BL

Chapter 2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

2

Chapter 2

Page 29


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXO4 Web Server 2010 EXO4 Web Server is a web-based SCADA system which gives access to required information via the Internet or an intranet solution. EXO4 Web Server is available in different versions based on the size of the connected system. The size of the licence corresponds to the size of the EXO hardware keys, from XS to XL. For more information on how to upgrade your existing EXO Web Server, please contact Regin. EXO4 Web Server requires a fixed line to the Internet/intranet and that EXO4 with its database and EXOdesigner are installed on one and the same computer. To view animations, Flash Player must be installed on the operator computer (can be downloaded free of charge from www.adobe.com).

Page 30

Description

Number of I/Os

Type

EXO4 Web Server 2009XS

300 I/Os

EXO4WEB-XS7

EXO4 Web Server 2009S

500 I/Os

EXO4WEB-S7

EXO4 Web Server 2009M

1000 I/Os

EXO4WEB-M7

EXO4 Web Server 2009L

3000 I/Os

EXO4WEB-L7

EXO4 Web Server 2009XL

Unlimited

EXO4WEB-XL7

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOreport 2010 EXOreport is an add-on program for EXO4 which simplifies the analyses of operation costs and energy consumption. It helps you create diagrams, trend curves etc. in Microsoft Excel format. EXOreport automatically generates and prints your monthly or weekly reports, e.g. at 6 a.m. on the first day of every month. You can also add all kinds of calculations in Excel format.

Chapter 2

Description

Type

EXOreport 2010

EXOREPORT

Page 31

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOopc Driver EXOopc Driver makes it possible to connect EXO controllers to any software supporting the OPC standard. This means that most of the SCADA software in the market today can be used together with Regin’s controllers. The possibility of communication with various OPC clients/servers can easily be controlled using the Matrikon OPC Sniffer (www.matrikon.com). The system is programmed using EXOdesigner. The program can be prepared in advance on a PC and loaded into the system at installation. All the data will then be available via the OPC interface. Description

Type

EXOopc Driver

EXOOPC

EXOhotel Hotel booking system EXOhotel is an add-on program for EXO4 which connects a hotel booking system using the Fidelio protocol with the full range of functionalities of the EXO4 system. Heating and cooling in each hotel room can be controlled to save energy when the room is empty and provide a comfortable indoor climate when the room is occupied. EXOhotel is intended for use together with EXO4 and works with EXO4M7 and larger.

Page 32

Description

Type

Hotel booking system

EXOHOTEL

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Nimbus alarm server 2 Software for use together with EXO4. The system sends alarms from your system via e-mail, sms, fax etc. Requires hardware key version 7 or later. Description

Type

Nimbus alarm server 2

NIMBUS-2009

Weatherlink Forecast control Weatherlink is the ultimate solution for energy-efficient climate control based on weather forecasts. A forecast receiver is connected to the Regin controller instead of an ordinary outdoor temperature sensor. The receiver combines outdoor temperature data with data received from a weather satellite, in order to control the indoor climate by thinking ahead, which in effect will reduce energy costs substantially. Contact Regin for a yearly price and more information.

Chapter 2

Description

Type

Forecast control

WEATHERLINK

Page 33

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOdesigner Software tool for design and configuration of a complete EXO system All EXO controllers are fully software compatible and are programmed using EXOdesigner, a PC-based development environment. The compatibility also applies across product generations, which means that you only need to learn one programming tool and are free to change controllers in a system without having to rewrite all the programs. Programming can be performed in two ways. The easiest and fastest way is to use the ready-made program blocks in EXOdesigner. By combining these you quickly build full-scale applications. A large number of program blocks for the most common tasks in building automation are included in EXOdesigner, e.g. for control of pumps, fans and heating, handling of alarms and time channels, communication, etc. The other way of programming the controllers is to use the high-level programming language EXOL. EXOL is especially developed for the EXO system and has a large number of commands and functions that facilitate programming of automation applications. Because it is possible to use ready-made program blocks, and to customise the programs with EXOL programming, maximum speed and flexibility in the development process is guaranteed. EXOdesigner includes an on-line debugging tool for easy configuration.

Page 34

Description

Type

Development software EXOdesigner 2009

EXODESIGNER2009

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXO4 Upgrade Upgrade software for EXO systems with EXO4 and EXOkey version 7. Price per computer. Description

Type

EXO4 2009 Upgrade

EXO4UPGRADE

Upgrade agreement Upgrade agreement which gives the end customer secured and continuous access to the latest versions of Regin’s software at a fixed yearly rate.

The agreement applies to the following software: • EXO4 • EXOdesigner • EXOreport

The customer receives: • Continuous access to the latest version of the licenced software • A full licence for EXOdesigner (even if the customer purchased the software at an earlier point in time) • Anti-theft protection of registered hardware keys (dongle). A stolen hardware key is replaced free of charge.

If a customer without an upgrade agreement wishes to upgrade a software in the future, this is done by buying the software. The agreement is only signed if all the customer’s software and hardware key licences are included. The cost is based on the number of hardware keys and the size of the system. Contact Regin for more information.

Chapter 2

Description

Type

Yearly upgrade agreement EXOkey XS7

UPGRADEXS7

Yearly upgrade agreement EXOkey S7

UPGRADES7

Yearly upgrade agreement EXOkey M7

UPGRADEM7

Yearly upgrade agreement EXOkey L7

UPGRADEL7

Yearly upgrade agreement EXOkey XL7

UPGRADEXL7

Page 35

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOflex - Freely programmable controllers Freely programmable controllers for building automation without any restrictions The EXOflex controllers are primarily intended for use in systems with a large number of I/Os and high demands on communication and adaptability. EXOflex consists of processor and expansion housings available in one to four sections. Programming is made using EXOdesigner or in free EXOL code.

• For large buildings and integration of many buildings/installations • For systems with a large number of I/Os (cost-efficient for more than 75 I/Os) • Easy to expand the capacity and add functions • Communication via EXOline,TCP/IP, LON, KNX/EIB, Modbus, SIOX, M-Bus • Gateway to Arrigo web portal • Large number of PIFA cards for different applications

The controller is tailored to its application by a selection of PIFA cards (Peripheral Interface Adapters). The cards are easily slotted into place in the housing and all connection ports are then accessible externally, offering easy connection of sensors, actuators, transmitters etc. The PIFA cards enable communication via protocols and field buses such as TCP/IP, LON, KNX/EIB, Modbus, SIOX and M-Bus. EXOflex also supports communication via radio, telephony, GSM, cable, satellite, etc.

Page 36

Chapter 2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOflex The EXOflex line of freely programmable controllers offers excellent possibilities for creating flexible and powerful systems for control, regulation, supervision and communication. An EXOflex unit can be used stand-alone or together with other EXOflex units and other types of equipment, in small or large systems. The modular design provides unique opportunities for adapting the number and type of inputs and outputs, as well as the type of communication.

Processor housings EXOflex consists of processor housings with one to four sections, each equipped with a main processor. The processor is programmed using EXOdesigner or in EXOL code.

Expansion housings Expansion housings, without a processor, make it possible to increase the functionality by adding more PIFA units.

PIFA units There is a wide range of PIFA units (Peripheral Interface Adapters) for adapting EXOflex to specific applications. All cards are of standardized design and size and can easily be slotted into place in the housings. Once a PIFA card has been mounted, all connection ports are accessible externally, offering easy connection of devices such as sensors and actuators. Most of the PIFA units have their own microprocessor, which facilitates programming and reduces the load on the EXOL processor.

External display unit The external display unit ED9200 can be used locally for viewing alarms, changing setpoint values, etc. Technical data* Operating system

EXOreal

Power supply

24 V DC

Operating temperature

0...50째C

Battery backup

Memory and real-time clock, at least 5 years

Dimensions (WxHxD mm)

1-section housing, 117 x 160 x 137 (EH10-S, EH11-S) 2-section housing, 229 x 160 x 137 (EH20-S, EH21-S) 3-section housing, 341 x 160 x 137 (EH30-S, EH31-S) 4-section housing, 453 x 160 x 137 (EH40-S, EH41-S)

Mounting

35 mm DIN-rail, cabinet or wall

Protection class

IP20

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

0(4)...20 mA, 0...10 V DC, 0...200 mV, 0...2000 Ohms, PT1000, PT100, DIN Ni1000, LGNi1000

Digital inputs (DI)

Floating switch, 24 V DC, configurable for pulse input

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC

Digital outputs, communication (DO)

24 V DC, configurable for pulse output

Available interfaces

RS232/RS485 (EXOline, Modbus, etc.) TCP/IP, LON, EIB, SIOX, M-Bus. Other connections depending on the installed PIFA units.

* The inputs and outputs data depends on the choice of PIFA units

Chapter 2

Page 37

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Processor housings Processor housing, 1 section Processor housing with room for the Main Power PIFA and one additional PIFA unit. Description

Type

Processor housing, 1 section

EH11-S

Processor housing, 2 sections Processor housing with room for the Main Power PIFA and three additional PIFA units. Description

Type

Processor housing, 2 sections

EH21-S

Processor housing, 3 sections Processor housing with room for the Main Power PIFA and five additional PIFA units. Description

Type

Processor housing, 3 sections

EH31-S

Processor housing, 4 sections Processor housing with room for the Main Power PIFA and seven additional PIFA units.

Page 38

Description

Type

Processor housing, 4 sections

EH41-S

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Expansion housings Expansion housing, 1 section Expansion housing with room for the Power PIFA for Extender and one additional PIFA unit. The expansion housing connects to the main processor via the EFX channel (115 200 bps). Description

Type

Expansion housing, 1 section

EH10-S

Expansion housing, 2 sections Expansion housing with room for the Power PIFA for Extender and three additional PIFA units. The expansion housing connects to the main processor via the EFX channel (115 200 bps). Description

Type

Expansion housing, 2 sections

EH20-S

Expansion housing, 3 sections Expansion housing with room for the Power PIFA for Extender and five additional PIFA units. The expansion housing connects to the main processor via the EFX channel (115 200 bps). Description

Type

Expansion housing, 3 sections

EH30-S

Expansion housing, 4 sections Expansion housing with room for the Power PIFA for Extender and seven additional PIFA units. The expansion housing connects to the main processor via the EFX channel (115 200 bps).

Chapter 2

Description

Type

Expansion housing, 4 sections

EH40-S

Page 39

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

PIFA units Main Power PIFA 24 V DC supply voltage. 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs. Communication port (Port 1), switchable between RS232, RS485 (EXOline) and hlEXOline. Has a socket for the EFX channel and battery backup for the EXOL-processors. LEDs indicating battery error, power supply and communication. Option X9035 UPS for battery backup. Description

Type

Main Power PIFA

EP1011

Power PIFA for Extender Power supply for EXOflex expansion housings, powered by 24 V DC. Has a socket for the EFX channel. Description

Type

Power PIFA for Extender

EP1004

32 DI Multifunction PIFA Multifunction PIFA with 32 digital inputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data I/Os

28 DI with standard functionality (filtering, on/off delay, operating-time measurement). 4 DI with advanced functionality (pulse counting, frequency measurement, etc.) in addition to the standard functions.

Digital inputs (DI)

Signal levels 0 V/24 V DC or floating switch

Description

Type

32 DI Multifunction PIFA

EP2032

16 DO Multifunction PIFA Multifunction PIFA with 16 digital outputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data

Page 40

I/Os

16 DO with standard functionality (on/off delay, pulse-width modulation, frequency generation, settable offline action)

Digital outputs (DO)

Signal level 0 V/24 V DC current source, max. 0.5 A per output and max. 3.5 A simultaneously. Short-circuit protected thermal protection with software-based error handling (short-circuit protected output).

Description

Type

16 DO Multifunction PIFA

EP3016

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

16 DI / 8 DO Mixed Multifunction PIFA Mixed Multifunction PIFA with 16 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data I/Os

12 DI with standard functionality (filtering, on/off delay, operating-time measurement). 4 DI with advanced functionality (pulse counting, frequency measurement, etc.) in addition to the standard functions. 8 DO with standard functionality (on/off delay, pulse-width modulation, frequency generation, settable offline action).

Digital inputs (DI)

Signal levels 0 V/24 V DC or floating switch

Digital outputs (DO)

Signal levels 0 V/24 V DC current source, max. 0.5 A per output and max. 2 A simultaneously. Short-circuit protected thermal protection with software-based error handling (short-circuit protected output).

Description

Type

16 DI / 8 DO Mixed Multifunction PIFA

EP4024

12 AI Multisensor PIFA Multisensor PIFA with 12 analogue inputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data I/Os

12 AI with possibility to set the measuring ranges individually

Analogue inputs (AI)

0...20 mA, 0...10 V DC, 0...200 mV, PT100, PT1000, Ni1000 DIN, LG-Ni1000, resistance 0...2000 Ohms, etc. Accuracy: 0.1 % of the measuring range, 12-bit A/D converter.

Description

Type

12 AI Multisensor PIFA

EP5012

12 AO Voltage Multifunction PIFA Voltage Multifunction PIFA with 12 analogue outputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data

Chapter 2

I/Os

12 AO

Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, max. 20 mA, 11-bit resolution, scaling factor and offset, ramp generation, settable offline and power-up actions

Description

Type

12 AO Voltage Multifunction PIFA

EP6012

Page 41

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

12 AI / 6 AO Mixed Multifunction PIFA Mixed Multifunction PIFA with 12 analogue inputs and 6 analogue outputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data I/Os

12 AI with possibility to set the measuring ranges individually 6 AO

Analogue inputs (AI)

0...10 V DC, 0...200 mV, PT100, PT1000, Ni1000 DIN, LG-Ni1000, resistance 0...2000 Ohms, etc. Accuracy: 0.1 % of the measuring range, 12-bit A/D converter.

Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, max. 20 mA, 11-bit resolution, scaling factor and offset, ramp generation, settable offline and power-up actions

Description

Type

12 AI / 6 AO Mixed Multifunction PIFA

EP7218

8 Mixed I/O and Serial PIFA (2 DI / 4 AI / 2 AO) 8 Mixed I/O and Serial PIFA with 2 digital inputs, 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue outputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data

Page 42

I/Os

2 DI with standard functionality (filtering, on/off delay, operating-time measurement). 4 AI with possibility to set the measuring ranges individually. 2 AO.

Com

1 serial port (Port 3), switchable between RS232, RS485 (EXOline) and hlEXOline. Can be complemented with option cards for modem, EIB, SIOX, etc. Can also be supplemented with an external M-Bus/SIOX connection.

Digital inputs (DI)

Signal levels 0 V/24 V DC or floating switch

Analogue inputs (AI)

0...20 mA, 0...10 V, 0...200 mV, PT100, PT1000, Ni1000 DIN, LG-Ni1000, resistance 0...2000 Ohms, etc. Accuracy: 0.1 % of the measuring range, 12-bit A/D converter with digital filter, scaling factor and offset, monitoring of the measuring range.

Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, max. 20 mA, 11-bit resolution, scaling factor and offset, ramp generation, settable offline and power-up actions

Description

Type

8 Mixed I/O and Serial PIFA (2 DI / 4 AI / 2 AO)

EP7408

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

16 Mixed I/O PIFA (6 DI / 2 DO / 4 AI / 4 AO) Mixed I/O PIFA with 6 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs, 4 analogue inputs and 4 analogue outputs for mounting in EXOflex housings. Technical data I/Os

2 DI with standard functionality (filtering, on/off delay, operating-time measurement). 4 DI with advanced functionality (pulse counting, frequency measurement, etc.) in addition to the standard functions. 2 DO with standard functionality (on/off delay, pulse-width modulation, frequency generation, settable offline action). 4 AI with possibility to set the measuring ranges individually. 4 AO.

Digital inputs (DI)

Signal levels 0 V/24 V DC or floating switch

Digital outputs (DO)

Signal level 0 V/24 V DC current source, max. 0.5 A per output and max. 0.8 A simultaneously. Short-circuit protected thermal protection with software-based error handling (short-circuit protected output).

Analogue inputs (AI)

0...20 mA, 0...10 V, 0...200 mV, PT100, PT1000, Ni1000 DIN, LG-Ni1000, resistance 0...2000 Ohms, etc. Accuracy: 0.1 % of the measuring range, 12-bit A/D converter with digital filter, scaling factor and offset, monitoring of the measuring range.

Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, max. 20 mA, 11-bit resolution, scaling factor and offset, ramp generation, settable offline and power-up actions.

Description

Type

16 Mixed I/O PIFA (6 DI / 2 DO / 4 AI / 4 AO)

EP7416

Basic Serial PIFA Communication PIFA with one serial port (Port 2 or Port 3), switchable between RS232, RS485 (EXOline) and hlEXOline. Can be complemented with an option card for modem, EIB, SIOX, etc. Can also be supplemented with an external M-Bus/SIOX connection. Description

Type

Basic Serial PIFA

EP8101

Dual Basic Serial PIFA Communication PIFA with two serial ports (Port 2 and Port 3), switchable between RS232, RS485 (EXOline) and hlEXOline. Output +12 V, 700 mA for feeding transmitters, radio modems, etc. Can be complemented with an option card for modem, EIB, SIOX, etc. Can also be supplemented with an external M-Bus/SIOX connection. Description

Type

Dual Basic Serial PIFA

EP8102

LON PIFA Communication PIFA for LonWorks. Direct connection of SNVTs to other LON-based units and systems. Max. 1024 SNVTs/PIFA. Connected to the EFX channel.

Chapter 2

Description

Type

LON PIFA

EP8210

Page 43

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

TCP/IP PIFA Communication PIFA with Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base auto-negotiation for TCP/IP communication. Occupies one serial port (Port 3). Supports DHCP and DNS. Description

Type

TCP/IP PIFA

EP8282

Slot cover For covering empty PIFA slots in an EXOflex housing. Description

Type

Slot cover

EP0000

Card holder Five plastic card holders for special cards showing PIFA-unit signal descriptions in EXOflex housings.

Page 44

Description

Type

Card holders for EXOflex housings

EH-CARDHOLDER

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOcommunicator Gateway to BACnet and local web server EXOcommunicator is a combined web server and protocol gateway for small systems.

2

Gateway As a gateway, EXOcommunicator can link EXOline to bus systems with BACnet protocols (BACnet/ MSTP, BACnet/IP and BACnet/Ethernet) and other protocols such as N2 - System91 from Johnson Controls, S-bus from SAIA, and Trend. Three Ethernet ports (1xWAN and 2xLAN) enable simultaneous handling of several protocols. Two serial ports (RS232) are used for communication with controllers, e.g. EXOcompact.

Web server EXOcommunicator can also be used as a local web server for up to 2500 connected points. The web server provides alarm information and real-time reports with values from selected points. The trend interface is a useful tool for inspection of historical data logs on the server. Technical data

Chapter 2

Supply voltage

12 V, externally 5 A

Processor

VIA Eden 533 MHz

Serial ports

2 x RS232

RAM

256 MB

FLASH

1 GB

Ethernet (100 MBit)

3 ports (2 LAN, 1 WAN)

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

EXOcommunicator, local web server or gateway to BACnet

EXOCOMMUNICATOR

Page 45


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Communication options Option EIB EIB communication card for connection of an EIB line to the area switch. Internal mounting in an EXOflex house etc. Occupies Port 2 or Port 3 in EXOflex, Port 3 in other controllers. Requires that EP7408, EP8101 or EP8102 is installed. Description

Type

Option EIB

X9017

TCP/IP Gateway Communication gateway for TCP/IP communication, intended for connection of one or several controllers with serial communication to a computer network. Technical data Power supply

18...30 V AC or DC, 5 VA (connected to a network)

Internal serial port

RS232 or RS485, 9600 bps

Ethernet port

10 Base-T/100Base auto-negotiation

Max. cable length

100 m (min. CAT 5)

Description

Type

TCP/IP Gateway

EX8282

Battery charger/UPS Battery charger for EXOflex. Charges two external 12 V batteries connected in series (sealed lead cells) for UPS functionality. Batteries are not included. Requires that EP1011 is installed. Description

Type

Battery charger/UPS

X9035

Communication cable Communication cables for RS232 connection between a computer and the EXOflex Main Power PIFA (9pol D-Sub female and RJ45 male).

Page 46

Description

Cable length

Type

Communication cable, PC - EXOflex

2m

EK20

Communication cable, PC - EXOflex

5m

EK22

Communication cable, PC - EXOflex

10 m

EK24

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOcompact - Freely programmable controllers The EXOcompact controllers are perfect for stand-alone applications, e.g. zone control, control of heating and air handling units, as well as for system integration. They have a powerful processor and are available in three sizes with 8, 15 or 28 I/Os, with or without display. Programming is performed in EXOdesigner. The controllers communicate via RS485, EXOline or Modbus, communication via LON and TCP/IP is optional. Another option is dual ports, which enables expansion of the number of I/Os for energy meters, PLCs etc. With two ports, EXOcompact also supports communication via PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network).

• Freely programmable with fixed I/O configuration • For control of heating centrals, air handling units etc. • 8, 15 or 28 I/Os, with or without display • Digital outputs via Mosfet with 2 A, 24 V AC/DC • Powerful processor • Possibility of DC supply voltage • Possibility to expand the number of I/Os using two ports and expansion units based on EXOcompact without display • Dual ports as option • Programming is performed in EXOdesigner • TCP/IP and LON optional • Communication via RS485 (EXOline, Modbus) or dial-up connection (phone or GSM dial-up) • Complement to EXOflex in large automation systems

EXOcompact

Corrigo E

XTD232

XTD485

EXOcompact

Corrigo E

EXO4 Nimbus

MODEM

TCP/IP

XTD232

EXOcompact

Corrigo E

Chapter 2

Page 47

2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXOcompact The EXOcompact line of freely programmable controllers offers a wide variety of choices. The controllers are available in three different I/O sizes with or without display. There are models with TCP/IP and LON communication. EXOcompact can be used either as a stand-alone unit or as part of a system. Technical data Power supply

24 V AC/DC, 6 VA, ±15 %. 50/60 Hz.

Display

Backlit, LCD, 4 rows of 20 characters, international character set

Dimensions (WxHxD)

148 x 123 x 58 mm, 8.5 modules

Protection class

IP20

Mounting

DIN-rail or cabinet

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

0...10 V DC, 0...200 mV, PT1000, DIN Ni1000, LGNi1000, 12-bit A/D

Digital inputs (DI)

Floating switch, 24 V DC, configurable for pulse input

Universal inputs (UI)

AI or DI (see above)

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, 5 mA, 8-bit D/A, short-circuit proof

Digital outputs (DO)

Mosfet 24 V AC/DC, 2 A. Totally max. 8 A.

24 V DC output

0.1 A, short-circuit proof

Communication

EXOline, Modbus or dial-up connection Port 1, isolated, via a built-in RS485 connector. Modems are available as accessories for Port 1. There are models with TCP/IP or LON port.

Operating system

EXOreal

Battery backup

Memory and real-time clock, at least 5 years

LON

FT3150, gives a second communication route

TCP/IP

EXOline (Port 1) over TCP/IP instead of RS485

Model overview

Page 48

C80-S

C80D-S

C150-S

C150D-S

C152-S

C152D-S

C280-S

C280D-S

C282-S

C282D-S

AI

2

2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

DI

3

3

4

4

4

4

8

8

8

8

UI

-

-

-

-

-

-

4

4

4

4

AO

1

1

3

3

3

3

5

5

5

5

DO

2

2

4

4

4

4

7

7

7

7

LON

Option

Option

Option

Option

-

-

Option

Option

-

-

TCP/IP

Option

Option

Option

Option

Option

Option

Option

Option

Option

Option

Display version

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

Yes

External display

Option

-

Option

-

Option

-

Option

-

Option

-

Dual ports

-

-

-

-

Yes

Yes

-

-

Yes

Yes

Chapter 2


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Controller with or without display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Controller with display

5

3

Controller with display

8

7

Controller with display

8

7

Controller with display

16

12

Controller with display

16

12

Controller without display

5

3

Controller without display

8

7

Controller without display

8

7

Controller without display

16

12

Controller without display

16

12

Dual ports

Type C80D-S

2

C150D-S Yes

C152D-S C280D-S

Yes

C282D-S C80-S C150-S

Yes

C152-S C280-S

Yes

C282-S

Dual ports

Type

Controller with LON or TCP/IP communication, with display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Controller with LON port

5

3

C80DL-S

Controller with LON port

8

7

C150DL-S

Controller with LON port

16

12

C280DL-S

Controller with TCP/IP port

5

3

C80DT-S

Controller with TCP/IP port

8

7

C150DT-S

Controller with TCP/IP port

8

7

Controller with TCP/IP port

16

12

Controller with TCP/IP port

16

12

Yes

C152DT-S C280DT-S

Yes

C282DT-S

Dual ports

Type

Controller with LON or TCP/IP communication, without display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Controller with LON port

5

3

C80L-S

Controller with LON port

8

7

C150L-S

Controller with LON port

16

12

C280L-S

Controller with TCP/IP port

5

3

C80T-S

Controller with TCP/IP port

8

7

C150T-S

Controller with TCP/IP port

8

7

Controller with TCP/IP port

16

12

Controller with TCP/IP port

16

12

Yes

C152T-S C280T-S

Yes

C282T-S

Accessories for EXOcompact See also the mounting kit FMCE for front mounting of EXOcompact and the plug-in terminal blocks PLTCE for simple wiring of EXOcompact when using FMCE. You will find these products in the chapter Accessories.

Chapter 2

Page 49


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

EXO accessories Connection unit M-Bus/SIOX External interface converter for connection of meters to processor controllers. X1176 is connected to controllers with RS232, RS485 (EXOline) and hlEXOline. Meters are connected to X1176 via SIOX or M-Bus. Powered by 24 V DC or AC. IP65-classed polycarbonate casing. Description

Type

Connection unit M-Bus/SIOX

X1176

PC-cable for EXOflex and EXOcompact Cables for connecting EXOflex or EXOcompact to RS232 or USB standard. Description

Type

Cable for RS232 connection

E-CABLE-RS232

Cable for USB connection

E-CABLE-USB

Battery Description

Type

Battery for EP1011, EXOcompact, Corrigo E

BATTERY-4289

Battery for 1304/1305

BATTERY-5518

Battery for 5540

BATTERY-5702

EXOcompact demo kit Complete kit for testing the EXO system, with everything you need in one case. The kit contains an EXOcompact controller, EXO4 and EXOdesigner software, a manual, and a step-by-step training CD. Simply plug the controller to the wall socket and start it up to make simulations, get alarms, indications etc. Description

Type

Complete kit for system evaluation

KITEXOEVALUATION

EXOflex mounting kit Four brackets for mounting an EXOflex controller on a backplate, as an alternative to DIN-rail mounting.

Page 50

Description

Type

EXOflex mounting kit

X204-0052:4

Chapter 2 


R e g i n

S y s t e m s

Repeater Repeater for connecting multiple units or for lengthening a cable. REPEAT485 is suitable in Regio systems since it provides galvanic isolation for RC controllers during communication. Description

Type

Repeater, RS485

REPEAT485

RS232 to RS485 converter RS232 to RS485 converter. Can be used together with a PC to convert the serial com port into RS485 when using EXOline. Description

Type

RS232 to RS485 converter

CONV232-485

EXOline to hlEXOline converter RS485 EXOline to hlEXOline converters. Can be used for communication over long distances or unshielded signal cables. Description

Mounting

Type

EXOline to hlEXOline converter

DIN-rail

X1171A

EXOline to hlEXOline converter

Card

X9021

Panel PC Regin’s Panel PC is a touch screen with an integrated PC. It is perfect for mounting in e.g. a cabinet door or directly on the wall. It can easily be connected to EXO4 Web Server or Regin’s controllers with integrated web, for example Corrigo Web. The PC has WLAN for communication with a wireless network. Hardware for panel mounting is included. Technical data

Chapter 2

LCD size

12.1”

Memory support

256/512 MB (delivered with 512 MB memory)

HDD bay

1 x 2.5” HDD bay (20 GB hard drive included)

Mounting

Panel, wall, rack, stand or arm

Dimensions (WxHxD)

304 x 246 x 50 mm

Protection class

IP64 (front panel)

Description

Type

Panel PC with operating system in English

AFL-12A-GB

Panel PC with operating system in Swedish

AFL-12A-SE

Page 51

2


R e g i n

Page 52

S y s t e m s

Chapter 2 


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

C hapt er 3

Controllers and thermostats for DIN-rail mounting Regin’s comprehensive product range includes smart, powerful and easy-to-handle controllers and thermostats for DIN-rail mounting.

Chapter 3

Page 53


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Smart, powerful and easy to handle Corrigo E second generation The first generation of Corrigo E has been a great success with thousands of controllers installed all over the world. Now, we introduce the Second Generation of Corrigo E – smart, powerful and ready to operate alone or integrated in a system.

Three applications in one controller Corrigo E comes with pre-programmed readyto-use applications for air handling, heating/domestic hot water control and boiler control. As a result, your purchase, storage, and maintenance costs are reduced. The specified application is set at start-up, but can be adjusted or re-configured for another application. The controller can be configured directly using the buttons and display, or on a PC via the E tool© software. E tool© can be downloaded free of charge from our website.

Speaks many languages Corrigo E communicates in more than twenty languages (on the display or via the built-in web server). The pre-set language can at any time be changed to another language.

Page 54

Powerful The digital outputs in Corrigo E are based on Mosfet transistors with power to drive field equipment without relays. The second generation of Corrigo E is equipped with a processor 5 times more powerful than in the first generation.

Fast and efficient communication The second generation of Corrigo E has improved communication speed. This can be very useful in large, integrated bus systems, e.g. Modbus systems, with SCADA.

24 V AC and 24 V DC Corrigo E has 24 V AC alternatively 24 V DC power supply. With an additional DIN-rail power supply and an UPS connected to Corrigo E, alarms and important data can be transmitted even if the main power supply fails.

Available in different versions • Communication via RS485 (Modbus/EXOline), TCP/IP, LON • One or two communication ports • With or without built-in display, an external display unit can also be connected • 8, 15 or 28 I/Os with expansion possibilities

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

ed at r gr ve te er In b s we

3

Open for communication Corrigo Web with TCP/IP

Integration with other systems

The Second Generation of Corrigo E is now also available in a web version, Corrigo Web, with integrated web server and a port for TCP/IP communication. This is the ideal web solution for small to mid-sized systems enabling control, supervision and follow-up of status, events, trends and alarms via the Internet, local networks or integrated SCADA systems.

The basic Corrigo E models are equipped with an RS485 port for bus communication via EXOline or Modbus. This enables Corrigo E to be directly integrated with EXO4, Regin's powerful SCADA system. Corrigo E can also be integrated with foreign SCADA systems via Regin's OPC driver or with BACnet, Johnson, Trend and other foreign protocols via Regin's EXOcommunicator. Corrigo E is also available with port for LON communication. Whichever model you choose, the second generation of Corrigo E always guarantees fast and efficient communication.

Chapter 3

Page 55


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

User-friendly interface Whether you communicate directly with the controller or via the Internet, the information is clear and easy to understand.

The second generation of Corrigo E has two new features: • Different menus can be shown depending on the operator's access level • Up to 40 of the latest alarms are stored and displayed

A user-friendly interface using a web browser on your PC.

The backlit display with 4 rows, each with 20 characters, is easy to read regardless of the light conditions in the room.

The Corrigo E menus are organized in a horizontal tree structure. The navigation, setting and reading of parameters is handled with the buttons on the controller.

Page 56

The external displays for panel or wall mounting can be placed up to 10 m away from Corrigo E. E-DSP can also be used together with the repeaters E0-R and E0R230K for distances up to 1000 m (RS485)

With a Panel PC connected to Corrigo Web you can handle your installation directly on site.

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

3

Installation and commissioning made easy Corrigo E is developed according to our ReadySteady-Go concept for quick and easy installation and commissioning. The controller is intended for DIN-rail mounting. Since the terminals are detachable, all the connections can be made before Corrigo E is installed. There is a front mounting kit available as an accessory, which makes it easier to front-mount Corrigo E in a cabinet.

Configuration also via the display The controller can be configured without a PC, directly via the display and buttons. This makes comissioning easy, although the E tool© software provides a better overview.

E tool© software Corrigo E is delivered with the software E tool© which is used to configure and adjust the pre-installed applications and settings. You can conveniently prepare the settings in your office, and then load the settings into the controller during installation. You can also copy settings from one controller to another. A new feature is that you can write your own alarm descriptions in the text editor. For service and error detection purposes, you can connect the PC to Corrigo E and get a clear overview of the settings and status of the installation.

Corrigo E is delivered with the software E tool©. It can also be downloaded free of charge from our website

Chapter 3

Page 57


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Corrigo E applications Air handling control Corrigo E for control of air handling units is a PI-controller that handles several different control functions, and input and output functions. The user can choose freely which functions to use. Control functions temp. 1. Supply air control 2. Outdoor temperature compensated supply air control 3. Cascaded room temperature control 4. Outdoor temperature dependent switching between room control and supply air control 5. Outdoor temperature dependent switching between exhaust air control and supply air control 6. Exhaust air control

Heating and domestic hot water control The Corrigo E heating application (PIDcontrol) is intended for control of up to three individual heating circuits and one or two hot water circuits. Many other functions can also be controlled. Functions heating circuits • Adaptation of curves • Pump control • Frost protection • Wind compensation • Building inertia • Night set-back of radiator • Power limitation of the power to the heating systems

Boiler control The Corrigo E controls 1-4 boilers each with single or double on/off burners, 1-3 heating circuits and one domestic hot water circuit. The user can choose freely which functions to use. The different boilers start depending on a sequential control of boilers, disturbance takeover, running hours takeovers or boiler exercising. Functions Boiler control • 1-4 boilers where one bolier can have a modulating burner (0...10 V) • Modulating PI-control or switched setpoint • Setpoints: Fixed temperature, outdoor temperature or a heating circuit temperature dependent • Automatic malfunction take-over of boilers • Pump control and pump exercising • Boiler return temperature control

Page 58

Functions • Temperature control (PI): Water heating, Electric heating Heat exchanger • Mixing dampers • Water cooling • Heating / DX cooling in steps • Digital timer channels for door locks, lighting etc. • Support control heating and cooling • Free cooling • Cooling recovery • Alarm low efficiency Heat exchanger

• Humidity control • Fan control - one- or two-speed motors • Fan speed control - constant air pressure • Fan speed control - constant air flow • Demand controlled ventilation • Pump control • Damper control, CO2 • Extended running mode • Different fan control modes at fire

Functions domestic hot water • Domestic hot water control for one or two hot water systems • Night set-back • Pump control • Daily overheating to prevent growth of Legionella bacteria

Other functions • Control of pump for storage tank • Pressure control (maintain a constant pressure) of a variable speed pump • Cold-water monitoring • Energy monitoring • Alarms for usage errors, energy leakage etc. • Measurement registration of electricity meter • Timer channels (door locks, lighting etc.) Other functions can also be controlled, depending on the model

Heating circuits • 1 – 3 heating circuits with individual outdoor temperature dependent control curves • Single or twin pumps for each circuit • Frost protection • Wind compensation • Optimizer • Building inertia • Night set-back of room temperature • Automatic curve adaptation

Domestic hot water • One domestic hot water circuit with PID controller • Night set-back • Pump control • Daily overheating to prevent growth of Legionella bacteria

Other functions • Pump control for storage tank loading • Pressure control of variable speed pump • Cold water monitoring • Energy monitoring • Electricity meter pulse input • Alarms for usage errors, energy leakage etc • Timer channels (door-locks, lighting etc)

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Air handling control

3

Heating and domestic hot water control

Boiler control

The examples above are a selection of all Corrigo E applications available

Chapter 3

Page 59


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Integrated in systems Corrigo Web in a network

PC with web browser Computer network TCP/IP

Corrigo Web

Corrigo Web

Corrigo Web

Corrigo E in a Building Management System

TCP/IP

SCADA EXO4 RS485

Corrigo E

Corrigo E

Corrigo E

Corrigo E directly integrated with a foreign SCADA system via Modbus/LON Foreign SCADA RS485 Modbus / LON Corrigo E / Corrigo E LON

Page 60

Corrigo E / Corrigo E LON

Corrigo E / Corrigo E LON

Chapter 3 


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Corrigo E integrated with a foreign SCADA system via Regin's EXOopc Driver

3

Foreign SCADA with EXOopc Driver EXOline RS485 alt. TCP/IP Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

Corrigo E connected to foreign protocols via Regin's EXOcommunicator EXOcommunicator

BACnet Johnson N2 - System91 SAIA S-bus Trend EXOline RS485 alt. TCP/IP

Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

Corrigo E / Corrigo Web

EXOopc Driver

EXOcommunicator

EXOopc Driver makes it possible to connect EXO controllers to any software supporting the OPC standard. This means that most of the SCADA software available on the market today can be used with our controllers.

EXOcommunicator is a gateway that links EXOline to bus systems with BACnet protocols (BACnet/MSTP, BACnet/IP and BACnet/Ethernet) and other protocols such as N2 System91 from Johnson Controls, S-bus from SAIA and Trend.

Chapter 3

Page 61


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Corrigo E - Pre-programmed controllers Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±15 %, 50...60 Hz or 20...36 V DC

Power consumption

8 VA, 4 W (DC) WEB models: 12 VA, 6 W (DC)

Ambient temperature

0...50°C

Storage temperature

-40...+50°C

Ambient humidity

Max. 90 % RH

Protection class

IP20 (E-DSP IP44)

Memory back-up

Built-in long-life battery with long time back-up of all settings

Display

Backlit, LCD, 4 rows of 20 characters

Dimensions (WxHxD)

148 x 123 x 58 mm, 8.5 modules

Mounting

DIN-rail

Communication

RS485, EXOline (free protocol) and Modbus as standard. LON and TCP/IP as options.

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

For a PT1000 sensor or 0...10 V DC

Digital inputs (DI)

For potential-free contacts

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, 1 mA, short-circuit proof

Digital outputs (DO)

Mosfet 2 A each, max. 8 A total, 24 V AC or DC

Model overview E8D-S

E8-S

E15D-S

E152D-S

E15-S

E152-S

E28D-S

E282D-S

E28-S

E282-S

AI

2

2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

DI

3

3

4

4

4

4

8

8

8

8

UI

-

-

-

-

-

-

4

4

4

4

AO

1

1

3

3

3

3

5

5

5

5

DO

2

2

4

4

4

4

7

7

7

7

Display

Yes

-

Yes

Yes

-

-

Yes

Yes

-

-

External display

-

Option

-

-

Option

Option

-

-

Option

Option

Dual ports

-

-

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

Yes

Controller with display

Page 62

Description

Inputs

Outputs

Dual ports

Type

Controller with display

5

3

-

E8D-S

8

7

-

E15D-S

8

7

Yes

E152D-S

16

12

-

E28D-S

16

12

Yes

E282D-S

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Controller without display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Dual ports

Type

Controller without display

5

3

-

E8-S

8

7

-

E15-S

8

7

Yes

E152-S

16

12

-

E28-S

16

12

Yes

E282-S

3

Controller with LON communication, with display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Type

Controller with LON communication

5

3

E8D-S-LON

8

7

E15D-S-LON

16

12

E28D-S-LON

Controller with LON communication, without display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Type

Controller with LON communication

5

3

E8-S-LON

8

7

E15-S-LON

16

12

E28-S-LON

Controller with built-in web server and TCP/IP communication, with display Description

Inputs

Outputs

Dual ports

Type

Controller with TCP/IP communication

5

3

-

E8D-S-WEB

8

7

-

E15D-S-WEB

8

7

Yes

E152D-S-WEB

16

12

-

E28D-S-WEB

16

12

Yes

E282D-S-WEB

Controller with built-in web server and TCP/IP communication, without display

Chapter 3

Description

Inputs

Outputs

Dual ports

Type

Controller with TCP/IP communication

5

3

-

E8-S-WEB

8

7

-

E15-S-WEB

8

7

Yes

E152-S-WEB

16

12

-

E28-S-WEB

16

12

Yes

E282-S-WEB

Page 63


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Display unit for Corrigo E Description

Cable length

Protection class

Type

Display unit

3m

IP44

E-DSP-3

10 m

IP44

E-DSP-10

3m

IP41

ED9100-3

10 m

IP41

ED9100-10

3m

IP65

ED9100IP65-3

Software for configuration of Corrigo E E tool© is a PC-based configuration software with graphical user interface. The program gives you an excellent overview of the Corrigo E settings. Using E tool, all settings can be made on the computer and downloaded into the controller. An infinite number of configurations can be stored in the computer memory for later use. E tool© can be downloaded free of charge from www.regin.se/Downloads/Software library. Description

Type

PC software for fast and easy configuration

E-TOOL

Connection cables and plug-in terminals Description

Type

Cable for RS232 connection

E-CABLE-RS232

Cable for USB connection

E-CABLE-USB

Cable for TCP/IP connection directly to a PC

E-CABLE-TCP/IP

Set of plug-in terminals for E8 models

PLT-E8

Set of plug-in terminals for E15 models

PLT-E15

Set of plug-in terminals for E28 models

PLT-E28

Cabinets for Corrigo E Turn-key ready cabinets developed for the Corrigo E series. Can be used for both heating and ventilation applications depending on the choice of controller. All inputs and outputs are pre-connected to the terminals. The CAB-... units are delivered with trafo, switches, three manoeuvre relays and a wiring schematic for the cabinet.

Page 64

Description

Dimensions (HxW)

Protection class

Type

Cabinet intended for Corrigo E8D-...models

458 x 295 mm

IP65

CAB-E8D

Cabinet intended for Corrigo E15D-...models

475 x 400 mm

IP65

CAB-E15D

Cabinet intended for Corrigo E28D-...models

475 x 400 mm

IP65

CAB-E28D

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Corrigo E demo kit Demo kit for testing Corrigo E, contains one E28D-S unit. Simply plug the controller to the wall socket and start it up to make simulations, get alarms, indications etc. Description

Type

Demo kit

E-CASE

Accessories

Type

Cable for RS232 connection

E-CABLE-RS232

Cable for USB connection

E-CABLE-USB

Cable for TCP/IP connection directly to a PC

E-CABLE-TCP/IP

PC software for fast and easy configuration, can be downloaded free of charge from www.regin.se/Downloads/Software library

E-TOOL-S

Accessories for Corrigo E See also the mounting kit FMCE for front mounting of Corrigo E and the plug-in terminal blocks PLTCE for simple wiring of Corrigo E when using FMCE. You will find these products in the chapter Accessories.

Chapter 3

Page 65

3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

CAN-IO-Module CAN-IO-Modules overview The CAN-IO modules extend the controller series DDC-Regel UNIT 6X or UNIT 9X. With these modules, you have the possibility to expand the inputs and outputs of the compact control units. All CAN-IO modules are supplied with a see-through cover. AI CAN-IO-16X

DI

AO

Total number of I/Os 16

CAN-IO-16EK

16

CAN-IO-16E24

16

16 16

CAN-IO-16Y10

16

CAN-IO-16R CAN-IO-8R8X

DO

16

8

16 16

16

8

16

Description

Type

Inputs CAN-IO module, 16 x X inputs, M-sensor, 0..10 V, 0..20 mA

CAN-IO-16X

CAN-IO module, 16 x EK inputs

CAN-IO-16EK

CAN-IO module, 16 x E24 inputs

CAN-IO-16E24

Outputs CAN-IO module, 16 x 0...10 V outputs

CAN-IO-16Y10

CAN-IO module, 16 x relay outputs

CAN-IO-16R

(potential-free, 230 V/24 V (cannot be used jointly)) Hybrid modules CAN-IO module, 8 x relay outputs (potential-free), 230 V/24 V

CAN-IO-8R8X

(cannot be used jointly), 8 x X inputs, M-sensor, 0...10 V, 0...20 mA

CAN-IO-16X The CAN-IO-16X module has 16 analogue input terminals. M-sensor values, 0...10 V or 0...20 mA signals can be detected and connected through the R+S CAN Bus with an RU 9X or RU 6X. Technical data

Page 66

Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

Max. 4.5 VA

Operating temperature

0...40°C

Protection class / Protection against accidental contact

IP00, with front lid IP30 / according to DIN VDE 0702 VGB 4

Dimensions

157.5 x 77 x 65 mm (W x H x D)

Mounting

Can be latched to DIN-rail TS 35, any fitting position

Communication

CAN Bus

Measuring inputs

16

Input effective ranges

0...10 V, 0...20 mA, M-sensor -60 ...+160°C

Input resistances

> 100 kOhm (0...10 V), < 250 Ω (0...20 mA)

Resolution

2.5 mV (0...10 V), 0.01 mA (0...20 mA), 0.125°C

Description

Type

Input and output module

CAN-IO-16X

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

CAN-IO-16EK The CAN-IO-16EK module has 16 digital input terminals. 16 signal contacts can be detected and connected through the R+S CAN Bus with an RU 9X or RU 6X. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

Max. 4.8 VA

Operating temperature

0...40°C

Protection class / Protection against accidental contact

IP00, with front lid IP30 / according to DIN VDE 0702 VGB 4

Dimensions (WxHxD)

157.5 x 77 x 65 mm

Mounting

Can be latched to DIN-rail TS 35, any fitting position

Communication

CAN Bus

Signal inputs

16

3

Description

Type

Input and output module

CAN-IO-16EK

CAN-IO-16E24 The CAN-IO-16E24 module has 16 digital input terminals. 16 signal contacts can be detected and connected through the R+S CAN Bus with an RU 9X or RU 6X. Technical data

Chapter 3

Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

Max. 4.5 VA

Operating temperature

0...40°C

Protection class / Protection against accidental contact

IP00, with front lid IP30 / according to DIN VDE 0702 VGB 4

Dimensions (WxHxD)

157.5 x 77 x 65 mm

Mounting

Can be latched to DIN-rail TS 35, any fitting position

Communication

CAN Bus

Signal inputs

16 x E24

Description

Type

Input and output module

CAN-IO-16E24

Page 67


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

CAN-IO-16Y10 The CAN-IO-16Y10 module has 16 analogue output terminals. The terminal values calculated by the control units can be outputted through 16 analogue 0...10 V outputs. The module can be connected through the R+S CAN Bus with an RU 9X or RU 6X. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 % / 50Hz

Power consumption

Max. 2.5 VA

Operating temperature

0...40°C

Protection class / Protection against accidental contact

IP00, with front lid IP30 / according to DIN VDE 0702 VGB 4

Dimensions (WxHxD)

157.5 x 77 x 65 mm

Mounting

Can be latched to DIN-rail TS 35, any fitting position

Communication

CAN Bus

Outputs

16

Output voltage

0...10 V DC/1 mA

Description

Type

Input and output module

CAN-IO-16Y10

CAN-IO-16R The CAN-IO-16R module has 16 digital output terminals. The terminal values calculated by the control units can be outputted through 16 relays as potential-free switch contacts. The module can be connected through the R+S CAN Bus with an RU 9X or RU 6X. Technical data

Page 68

Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

Max. 2.7 VA

Operating temperature

0...40°C

Protection class

IP00, with front lid IP30 / according to DIN VDE 0702 VGB 4

Dimensions (WxHxD)

157.5 x 77 x 65 mm

Mounting

Can be latched to DIN-rail TS 35, any fitting position

Communication

CAN Bus

Outputs

16 x relay contact (normally open contact)

Switching voltage/current

Max. 230 V AC / 1A inductive

Description

Type

Input and output module

CAN-IO-16R

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

CAN-IO-8R8X CAN-IO-8R8X module has 8 analogue input and 8 digital output terminals. The terminal values calculated by the control units can be outputted through 8 relays as potential-free switch contacts. M-sensor values, 0…10 V or 0…20 mA signals can be detected with input terminals. The module can be connected through the R+S CAN Bus with an RU 9X or RU 6X.

3

Technical data

Chapter 3

Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 % / 50Hz

Power consumption

Max. 4.5 VA

Operating temperature

0...40°C

Protection class / Protection against accidental contact

IP00, with front lid IP30 / according to DIN VDE 0702 VGB 4

Dimensions (WxHxD)

157.5 x 77 x 65 mm

Mounting

Can be latched to DIN-rail TS 35, any fitting position

Communication

CAN Bus

Switching outputs

8 x relay contact (normally open contact)

Switching voltage/current

Max. 230 V AC / 1 A inductive

Number of signal inputs

8 x 0...10 V, 0...20 mA, M-sensor -60...+160°C

Input resistances

> 100 kOhm (0...10 V), < 250 Ω (0...20 mA)

Resolution

2.5 mV (0...10 V), 0.01 mA (0...20 mA), 0.125°C (M-sensor)

Description

Type

Input and output module

CAN-IO-8R8X

Page 69


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

RegelUNIT 6X DDC-RegelUNIT 6X Technical data Supply voltage

230 V / ±10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

5 VA (without load)

Ambient temperature

Operation: 5...40˚C Storage and transport: -20...+65˚C

Relative humidity

90 % RH

Protection class

IP20 EN 60529

Memory backup

Condensator

Display

Backlit, LCD, 4 lines with 20 characters

Dimensions (WxHxD)

144 x 144 x 140 mm

Mounting

Wall or switch cabinet mounting

Communication

RS232, RS485, R+S Bus, CAN Bus, M-Bus

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

M-sensor, Potentiometer 10 kOhm, PT1000 (modified), 0...10 V, 0...20 mA

Digital inputs (DI)

Potential-free input contact 12 V DC / 1.2 mA

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V

Digital outputs (DO)

Relay 230 V / 1 A (ind.), Relay 230 V / 1 A (ind.) potential-free Transistor output 24 V DC / 30 mA, VAZ max. 5 V DC

Model overview RU26

RU63

RU64

RU65

RU66

RU67

RU68

RU69

AI

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DI

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

UI

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

9

AO

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

DO

4

5

7

9

12

12

12

12

Multi I/O

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Display

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Multi I/O can be taken as digital/analogue input or output.

Page 70

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Models External heating source for buffer memory** District heating

Boiler

Heat pump

X X

X X

X X

X X X

Solar boiler

Pellet boiler

X

X

Heating circuit

Domestic hot water/ Solar energy

Ventilation

Type

12X

RU68-ER

X

RU62-00-010

X

X

X

RU62-00-100

X

X

X

X

RU63-1F-110

X

X

X

X

RU63-1K-110

X

X

2X

X

X

X

RU64-00-020 2X

RU64-00-210

X

X

X

X

RU64-1F-110

X

X

X

X

RU64-1K-110

X

X

4X

X

X

X

RU65-00-040 2X

RU65-00-210

X

X

X

X

RU65-1F-110

X

X

X

X

RU65-1K-110

X

X

3X

X

RU66-00-130 RU66-00-220

X

X

2X

2X

X

X

2X

X

RU66-1F-120

X

X

2X

X

RU66-1K-120

X

X

4X

RU67-00-040

X

X

3X

RU67-1F-030

X

X

3X

RU67-1K-030

2X

X

X

X

2X

X

X

2X

X

X

2X

X

X

X

X

X

3X*

3X*

3X*

RU67-2K-010 X

RU67-2K-100

X 4X

RU67-2F-010 X

RU67-2F-100

2X

RU68-3E-240 X

RU69-L2

2X

RU69-2L2

* Max. 3 heaters ** External heater is a function of the energy manager which must be activated upon commissioning

DDC-RegelUNIT 6X accessories Interface card Interface card with CAN Bus interface for R+S High Speed CAN with an M-Bus interface for connection of meters for electricity, gas, water, heating, etc.

Chapter 3

Description

Type

Interface card

RU6S-CSM

Page 71

3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

RegelUNIT 9X DDC-RegelUNIT 9X Technical data Supply voltage

230 V ±10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

5 VA (without load)

Ambient temperature

Operation: 5...40˚C Storage and transport: -20...+65˚C

Relative humidity

90 % RH

Protection class

IP54 EN 60529 (front-side in integrated status) IP20 (or) EN 60529

Memory backup

Condensator

Display

Backlit, LCD, 2 lines with 20 characters

Dimensions (WxHxD)

151 x 98 x 160 mm

Mounting

Wall mounting or console panel integration (door integration) or DIN-rail mounting

Communication

RS232, R+S Bus, CAN Bus, M-Bus

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

M-sensor, Potentiometer 10 kOhms, PT1000 (modified), 0...10 V, 0...20 mA

Digital inputs (DI)

Potential-free input contact 12 V DC/1.2 mA, key 20 V/20 mA

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V

Digital outputs (DO)

Relay 230 V/1 A (ind.), 3-point Relay 230 V/1 A (ind.) potential-free, transistor outputs 24 V DC/30 mA

Model overview

Page 72

RU94

RU96

RU98

AI

-

-

-

DI

1

1

1

UI

6

6

6

AO

-

-

-

DO

4

6

8

Multi I/O

2

2

2

Display

Yes

Yes

Yes

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Models District heating

Boiler

Heat pump

Solar boiler*

Pellet boiler*

X

X

Heating circuit

Domestic hot water/ Solar energy

Gas monitor

Ventilation

X

RU94.00-100 X

RU96.GM

X

RU98.GM

8X X

X

X

X

Type

3

RU98.ER X

RU94.1F-110

X

X

X

X

X

RU96.1F-110

X

X

X

X

X

RU98.1F-110

X

X

X

2X

X

RU98.1F-120

X

RU94.00-010

2X

RU96-00-020

X

X

X

X

X

RU94.1K-110

X

X

X

X

X

RU96.1K-110

X

X

X

2X

X

RU96.1K-120

X

X

X

2X

X

X

X

X

X

X

RU98.1K-120 X

RU96.L2

X

RU98.L2 RU98.1W-110

* Solar and pellet boiler link in heater is under process

Chapter 3

Page 73


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Accessories Interface for PC Interface for PC, modem, bus. Description

Type

Interface

RU9S.SSK

CAN interface CAN interface for R+S high speed CAN remote operations, cable length 150 m. Description

Type

Interface

RU9S.CS

Interface for M-Bus M-Bus interface. Description

Type

Interface

RU9S.M

PC adapter PC adapter for service interface.

Page 74

Description

Type

Adapter

RU9S.Adap

Chapter 3 


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Compact controller RV5027 Weather-based flow temperature control unit The compact control unit RV5027 is a weather-dependent flow temperature controller for heating control in houses, office buildings, schools, hospitals and similar facilities. It has a 3-point output with PI control characteristic for control of a mixing valve, control valve and an output for a circulating pump. The control unit is supplied with a plug-in timer upon request. There are two analogue timer models available. Individual heating programs can be carried out in this way. The built-in pumps – automatic shut-off causes the circulating pump to be shut off and heating flow to be stopped if the external temperature does not require any more heating of the rooms.

Weather-based flow temperature control is a feature! • Adjustable heating curve • Day and night temperature can be adjusted separately • 3-point output with PI control • Flow max. or min. limit adjustable from 20 to 60°C • Pumps – automatic shut-off • Frost protection function for an external temperature from 2°C • Anti-block switch for circulating pump in summer break • Program selection switch with 6 operation modes • Plug-in timer, choice of 2 models, analogue with power reserve • Connection with an external timer possible • Connections for external and flow temperature sensor and optionally a remote setpoint • Lockable clear-glass front door • Clamping socket for wall assembly or console panel integration

Heating units 11

Technical data Supply voltage

230 V +6/-10 % / 50 Hz

Power consumption

4 VA

Response sensitivity

Approx. 0.2 K flow temperature

Frost protection function

Below +2°C external temperature

Inputs

Three, outdoor sensor (AF), clamp-on sensor (VF) and external setpoint adjustment

Outputs

3 relay outputs, 230 V, 1 A (inductive load) for pump and actuator ON/OFF

Ambient temperature

5...50°C

Dimensions (L x H x W)

144 x 144 x 103 mm, console panel blow-out 138 mm x 138 mm (DIN 43700)

Protection class (EN 60529)

IP30

Description

Type

Controller without timer

RV5027

Timer

Chapter 3

Description

Type

Analogue timer, daily program, plug-in type for RV5027

RT5

Analogue timer, weekly program, plug-in type for RV5027

RW5

Page 75

3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Optigo - Pre-programmed, stand-alone controllers Optigo - The controller for simple applications Compact, economic and versatile stand-alone controllers Optigo is a range of pre-programmed controllers for small applications, intended for DIN-rail mounting. The controllers are extremely easy to install, commission and control.

Operated with just a knob Optigo has a knob with an encoder which makes the menu system very easy to use. You can read and set values shown in the backlit display. A value is confirmed by pressing the knob.

Timer The timer handles e.g. night set-back, start or stop of fans during weekdays or during a day.

Quick and simple installation Optigo is suitable for DIN-rail or cabinet mounting. Since the terminals are detachable, all connections can be made before the controller is installed.

OP5 and OP10 There are two Optigo models, OP5 and OP10. OP5 has 5 inputs/outputs and 24 V AC supply voltage. It has a choice of five different control modes: • Temperature control • Humidity control • CO2 control • Pressure control • Pressure control with outdoor compensation

OP10 has 10 inputs/outputs. It is available in versions with 24 V AC or 230 V AC supply voltage and has a choice of five different control modes: • Supply air temperature control • Supply air temperature control with outdoor compensation • Cascade connected, room temperature influenced, supply air control • Radiator circuit control with outdoor curve • Domestic hot water control

• Display with language-independent symbols • Easy to configure • Numeric/graphic backlit display • Pre-loaded with multiple control modes • Simple handling with a knob

Page 76

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±15 % OP10-230: 230 V AC

Power consumption

4 VA

Ambient temperature

0...50°C

Storage temperature

-40...+50°C

Ambient humidity

Max. 90 % RH

Mounting

DIN-rail, 7 modules

Protection class

IP20

Display

Backlit LCD, numeric/graphic

Dimensions (WxHxD)

123 x 123 x 60 mm, 7 modules

Clock (OP10 only)

Week-based 24-hour clock

3

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

PT1000

Digital inputs (DI)

Closing potential-free contact

Universal input (UI)

0...10 V DC or digital

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC, short-circuit protected

Digital outputs (OP10 and OP10-230 only)

Triac 24 V AC, 0.5 A (3-point control or alarm output) and one change-over relay 230 V AC, 5 A (fan start)

Inputs/outputs (I/Os) OP5

OP10

OP10-230

AI

1

2

2

DI

1

2

2

UI

1

1

1

AO

2

2

2

DO

0

3

3

Total number of I/Os

5

10

10

Description

Supply voltage

Number of I/Os

Type

Controller

24 V AC

5

OP5

24 V AC

10

OP10

230 V AC

10

OP10-230

Accessories for Optigo See also the mounting kit FMCO for front mounting of Optigo and the plug-in terminal blocks PLTCE for simple wiring of Optigo when using FMCO. You will find these products in the chapter Accessories.

Chapter 3

Page 77


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Optigo applications

Page 78

Applications Optigo 5

Applications Optigo 10

1. Temperature control

1. Supply air temperature control

2. Humidity control

2. Supply air temperature control with outdoor compensation

3. CO2 control

3. Cascade connected, room temperature influenced, supply air control

Chapter 3 


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

4. Pressure control

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

4. Radiator circuit control with outdoor curve

3

5. Pressure control with outdoor compensation

Chapter 3

5. Domestic hot water control

Page 79


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Thermostats for DIN-rail mounting Thermostat 1-stage, DIN-rail mounting

• 230 V AC or 24 V AC supply voltage • 16 A closing relay

Electronic thermostat for heating or cooling. Adjustable night setback via an external clock. Multiple thermostats can be connected to the same sensor. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC or 230 V AC ±10 %, 3 VA

Output

One, 16 A, 250 V AC, closing relay

Setpoint

0...30°C

Hysteresis

0...10 K

Night setback

0...10 K

Sensor inputs

One Regin NTC sensor

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Dimensions (WxHxD)

53 x 85 x 74 mm

Description

Type

Electronic thermostat, supply voltage 230 V AC

TM1N/D

Electronic thermostat, supply voltage 24 V AC

TM1N-24/D

Thermostat 2-stage, DIN-rail mounting

• 2-stage in sequence or binary (3-stage) • Internal or external setpoint

Thermostat with two relay outputs and individually settable steps for heating or cooling function. Sequential or binary function. Technical data

Page 80

Supply voltage

24 V AC, 2 VA

Outputs

Two, 10 A, 250 V AC, closing relays

Setpoint

0...30°C

Hysteresis

0.5...5 K

Step differential

0...5 K

Sensor input

One Regin NTC sensor

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Dimensions (WxHxD)

53 x 85 x 74 mm

Description

Temperature range

Type

Electronic 2-stage thermostat

Heating/cooling, 0...30°C

TM2-24/D

Chapter 3


C o n t r o l l e r s

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

Thermostat for ice-melting applications, DIN-rail mounting

m o u n t i n g

• 16 A closing relay • Settable switch-off delay

Thermostat for control of ice-melting systems. The thermostat can control heating cables mounted in rain gutters, outdoor stairs etc. It has a built-in switch-off delay function. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC ±15 %, 50...60 Hz, 3 VA

Output

230 V AC, 16 A, closing relay

Setpoint (low)

-20...0°C

Setpoint (high)

0...20°C

Sensor input

One, intended for TG-R600

Switch-off delay

10 s...10 min

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Dimensions (WxHxD)

53 x 85 x 74 mm

3

Description

Type

Electronic thermostat for ice-melting applications

TM1-IT/D

Scale for TM1 and TM2 Alternative setpoint scale for the TM1 and TM2 thermostats, when using sensors with other temperature ranges.

Chapter 3

Description

Temperature range

Type

Scale for TM1N/D, TM1N-24/D and TM2-24/D

20...50°C

SKALA-1228

Page 81


C o n t r o l l e r s

Page 82

a n d

t h e r m o s t a t s

f o r

DIN - r a i l

m o u n t i n g

Chapter 3 


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

C hapt er 4

Room controllers/thermostats Regin offers a wide range of electromechanical and electronic thermostats. In this chapter you will also find our controllers for room control, which cover all your needs. Our popular Regio range includes various models, from simple stand-alone controllers for control of heating or cooling in a room to freely programmable models.

Chapter 4

Page 83


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Regio - The ultimate zone control system Regio is a line of room controllers which can handle a great variety of applications, e.g. heating and cooling, ventilation, lighting, humidity, CO2, fans and blinds. With Regio, you can create anything from stand-alone systems for managing the functions in one room to large integrated SCADA systems. Regio Maxi Freely programmable controllers

Regio tool© Software for Regio Midi and Maxi

Freely programmable room controllers with communication via RS485 (Modbus or EXOline) or TCP/IP. The room controllers are pre-programmed on delivery and can be configured with Regin’s software Regio tool©.

With a PC and Regio tool©, you can easily configure and adjust the default settings for the Midi and Maxi controllers. You can prepare the settings in your office and load them into the controller on site. In the same easy way, it is possible to copy settings from one controller and download them into another. Regio tool© also offers a clear overview of settings and status for service and error detection purposes.

Regio Midi Pre-programmed controllers with communication Pre-programmed room controllers that can be integrated with a central SCADA system via a bus line using EXOline or Modbus communication. The room controllers are pre-programmed and can be configured with our software Regio tool©.

Regio Mini Pre-programmed controllers

Award-winning design The modern and subtle elegance of the Regio controllers will enhance any indoor environment. In 2007, the design was awarded the International Forum Award for outstanding design.

Pre-programmed room controllers for stand-alone control of heating and cooling in a zone or room.

Regio Maxi Freely programmable with communication and web interface

Page 84

Regio Midi Pre-programmed with communication

Regio Mini Pre-programmed for stand-alone control

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Regio Maxi - Freely programmable/pre-programmed zone controllers Regio Maxi consists of the RCP controllers which are prepared for quick connection of the RU room units. The controllers are compatible with other Regin products and can easily be integrated into systems with EXOflex, Corrigo E, EXOcompact and EXO4. The standard RCP model includes an application program for climate control in public buildings. It can also be used as a freely programmable room controller. Programming is carried out in EXOdesigner, the same development environment as for Regin’s other system controllers. The RCP controllers can be used in systems with communication, e.g. EXOline, Modbus or TCP/IP. They are installed in the ceiling void, on a junction box plate, or (with an additional mounting kit) on a DIN-rail.

Regio tool© The pre-loaded room application is configured in Regio tool©, which can be downloaded from www.regin.se/Downloads/Software library. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC ±10 %, 50...60 Hz

Power consumption

2 VA

Ambient humidity

Max 95 % RH

Storage temperature

-40...+50°C

Mounting

Ceiling, on a junction box plate, or DIN-rail

Protection class

IP30 (IP20 cabinet mounting)

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

PT1000 (0...10 V DC)

Condensation input (CI)

Input for Regin’s condensation detector KG-A/1

Digital inputs (DI)

Potential-free closing contact

Outputs Analogue outputs (AO)

0...10 V DC

Digital outputs (DO)

Triac outputs: 24 V AC, 0.5 A Relay outputs: 230 V AC, 4 A

Dimensions (WxHxD)

150 x 180 x 60 mm, 8.6 modules

By connecting RCP to a PC with a web browser, it is possible to control the conditions in a room.

Chapter 4

Page 85

4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Product overview, Regio Maxi RCP100 and RCP200 are the basic models in the range. The other models have various functions, indicated by the letters in the product name: F = Fan control (3-speed) T = TCP/IP communication

Inputs/outputs (I/Os) RCP100 / RCP100T

RCP100F / RCP100FT

RCP200 / RCP200T

RCP200F / RCP200FT

AI

2

2

2

2

DI

3

3

3

3

CI

1

1

1

1

AO

-

-

2

2

DO, 230 V AC relay for fan control

-

3

-

3

DO, 24 V AC

4

4

2

2

Total number of I/Os

10

13

10

13

Models with communication via RS485 (Modbus or EXOline) Type

Fan control

Output signal

Can be combined with

RCP100

-

3-point or on/off

RU, RU-O, RU-DO, RU-DOS

RCP100F

Yes

3-point or on/off

RU-F, RU-FO, RU-DFO, RU-DOS

RCP200

-

0...10 V DC

RU, RU-O, RU-DO, RU-DOS

RCP200F

Yes

0...10 V DC

RU-F, RU-FO, RU-DFO, RU-DOS

Models with TCP/IP communication Type

Fan control

Output signal

Can be combined with

RCP100T

-

3-point or on/off

RU, RU-O, RU-DO, RU-DOS

RCP100FT

Yes

3-point or on/off

RU-F, RU-FO, RU-DFO, RU-DOS

RCP200T

-

0...10 V DC

RU, RU-O, RU-DO, RU-DOS

RCP200FT

Yes

0...10 V DC

RU-F, RU-FO, RU-DFO, RU-DOS

Regio Maxi accessories

Page 86

Description

Type

Cable for Regio Maxi, between RU and RCP, cable length 3 m

RU-CBL3

Cable for Regio Maxi, between RU and RCP, cable length 10 m

RU-CBL10

A set of DIN-rail mounting accessories for Regio Maxi RCP

RCP-DIN

A set of 10 connector plates for Regio Maxi RCP

RCP-CONN:10

Regio Maxi RCP demo kit

RCP-CASE

Regio Maxi RCP + RU demo kit

REGIO BOX

Chapter 4 


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Room units for the RCP controllers There are seven different room units (RU) in the Regio Maxi range, with or without display. They are intended to be combined with the freely programmable RCP controllers and are installed directly on the wall or on a wall socket. RU

RU is the basic model. The other models have various functions, indicated by the letters in the product name: D = Display F = Fan speed control button O = Occupancy button S = Multifunction button

RU-F

4

For choice of RU model, see the table below. Technical data

RU-O

RU-DO

Power supply

From RCP unit

Ambient humidity

Max. 90 % RH

Ambient temperature

0...50째C

Storage temperature

-20...+70째C

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Display

Backlit, LCD

Type

Display

Occupancy button

CO2, blinds, lighting, humidity

Fan control

Setpoint knob

RU

-

-

-

-

Yes

RU-F

-

-

-

Yes

Yes

RU-O

-

Yes

-

-

Yes

RU-DO

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

RU-FO

-

Yes

-

Yes

Yes

RU-DFO

Yes

Yes

-

Yes

-

RU-DOS

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

RU-FO

RU-DFO

RU-DOS

Chapter 4

Page 87


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Regio Midi - Pre-programmed room controllers with communication Regio Midi are controllers with a built-in sensor and an RS485 communication port. Controllers in different rooms can be connected to a bus line enabling communication with a central SCADA system via RS485 (EXOline or Modbus).

Regio tool© The room controllers are pre-programmed and can be configured to suit specific needs with the software Regio tool©, which can be downloaded free of charge from www.regin.se/Downloads/Software library. For control of 230 V AC fan motors, the relay unit RB3 or the power interface X1178 can be used together with the RC-CF... controllers. Technical data Supply voltage

18...30 V AC, 50...60 Hz

Power consumption

2.5 VA

Ambient temperature

0...50°C

Storage temperature

-20...+70°C

Ambient humidity

Max. 90 % RH

Communication

RS485 (EXOline or Modbus) with automatic detection/changeover

Modbus

8 bits, 1 or 2 stop bits. Odd, even (FS) or no parity.

Communication speed

9600 bps (not changeable)

Built-in temperature sensor

0...50°C NTC linearised 15 kOhm

Accuracy

±0.5°C at 15...30°C

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

PT1000, 0...50°C, 0...10 V (CO2)

Condensation input (CI)

Input for Regin’s condensation detector KG-A/1

Digital inputs (DI)

Closing potential-free contact

Universal input (UI)

Analogue input (AI), PT1000 sensor, 0...100°C or digital input (DI)

Outputs

Page 88

Digital output (DO)

24 V AC, max. 0.5 A

Universal output (UO)

Digital output (DO), 24 V AC, max. 2.0 A or analogue output (AO), 0...10 V DC, max. 5 mA

+C power output for DI only

24 V DC, max. 10 mA, short-circuit protected

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Product overview, Regio Midi RC-C is the basic model in the range. The other models have various functions, indicated by the letters in the product name:

RC-CH, RC-CTH

C = Communication, EXOline or Modbus D = Display F = Fan control (3-speed) H = Hidden setpoint O = Occupancy button T = 3-point output C (at the end) = CO2 input

4

Inputs/outputs (I/Os) RC-C, RC-CT

RC-CO, RC-CTO

RC-C

RC-CO

RC-CH

RCCDO

RC-CF

RCCFO

RCCDFO

RCCDOC

RCCTH

RC-CT

RCCTO

RCCDTO

AI

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

DI

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

UI

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

1

1

1

1

DO

1

1

1

1

4

4

4

0

5

5

5

5

UO

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

-

-

-

-

Total number of I/Os

7

7

7

7

10

10

10

7

9

9

9

9

Models with 0...10 V DC, on/off or 3-point output, with communication (EXOline, Modbus) Type

RC-CDO, RC-CDOC, RC-CDTO

RC-CF

Display

Occupancy button / Forced ventilation

Fan control

Setpoint knob

Hidden setpoint

Output 0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-C

-

-

-

Yes

-

RC-CO

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-CH

-

-

-

-

Yes

0...10 V DC or on/off 0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-CDO

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

RC-CF

-

-

Yes

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-CFO

-

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-CDFO

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

-

0...10 V DC or on/off 0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-CDOC

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

RC-CTH

-

-

-

-

Yes

3-point

RC-CT

-

-

-

Yes

-

3-point

RC-CTO

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

3-point

RC-CDTO

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

3-point

RC-CFO

RC-CDFO

Chapter 4

Page 89


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Regio Mini - Pre-programmed room controllers Stand-alone controllers for control of heating and cooling in a single zone or room The Regio Mini controllers are pre-programmed and can be configured for a specific application via the display or dipswitches (in most cases, though, the default settings can be applied). The controllers have a built-in temperature sensor. Alternatively, an external temperature sensor can be connected. For control of 230 V AC fan motors, the relay unit RB3 or the power interface X1178 can be used together with the RC-...F... controllers. Technical data Supply voltage

18...30 V AC, 50...60 Hz

Power consumption

2.5 VA

Ambient temperature

0...50°C

Storage temperature

-20...+70°C

Built-in temperature sensor

0...50°C NTC linearised 15 kOhm

Accuracy

±0.5°C at 15...30°C

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Inputs Analogue inputs (AI)

PT1000, 0...50°C

Condensation input (CI)

Input for Regin’s condensation detector KG-A/1

Digital inputs (DI)

Closing potential-free contact

Universal input (UI)

Analogue input (AI), PT1000 sensor, 0...100°C or digital input (DI)

Outputs

Page 90

Digital output (DO)

24 V AC, max. 0.5 A

Universal output (UO)

Digital output (DO), 24 V AC, max. 2.0 A or analogue output (AO), 0...10 V DC, max. 5 mA

+C power output for DI only

24 V DC, max. 10 mA, short-circuit protected

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Product overview Regio Mini RC is the basic model in the range. The other models have various functions, indicated by the letters in the product name:

RC-H

D = Display F = Fan control (3-speed) H = Hidden setpoint O = Occupancy button T = 3-point output

4

Inputs/outputs (I/Os) RC

RC, RC-T

RC-O, RC-TO

RC-H

RC-DO

RC-F

RC-FO

RC-DFO

RC-T

RC-TO

RC-DTO

AI

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

DI

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

UI

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

DO

1

1

1

1

4

4

4

5

5

5

UO

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

-

-

-

Total number of I/Os

7

7

7

7

10

10

10

9

9

9

Models with 0...10 V DC, on/off or 3-point output, without communication Type

RC-DO, RC-DTO

RC-O

Display

Occupancy button / Forced ventilation

Fan control

Setpoint knob

Hidden setpoint

Output

RC

-

-

-

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-O

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-H

-

-

-

-

Yes

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-DO

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-F

-

-

Yes

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-FO

-

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-DFO

Yes

Yes

Yes

-

-

0...10 V DC or on/off

RC-T

-

-

-

Yes

-

3-point

RC-TO

-

Yes

-

Yes

-

3-point

RC-DTO

Yes

Yes

-

-

-

3-point

RC-F

RC-FO

RC-DFO

Chapter 4

Page 91


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Regio accessories Relay unit for Regio RC-...F... controllers in fan-coil applications Technical data Outputs

Three closing relays, 230 V AC, 4 A

Inputs

Three inputs, 24 V AC, from an RC-...F... unit

Mounting

DIN-rail

Protection class

IP00

Description

Type

Relay unit for RC-...F... controllers

RB3

Power interface for Regio RC-...F... controllers in fan-coil applications Description

Type

Power interface for RC-...F... controllers

X1178

Miscellaneous

Page 92

Description

Type

Condensation detector for Regio controllers, 1 m cable length

KG-A/1

A set of 10 connector plates for RC units

RC-CONN:10

Chapter 4 


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Room controllers/thermostats Room controllers/thermostats for fan-coil applications Fan-coil thermostat with on/off outputs RCF-230D and RCFM-230D are electronic fan-coil thermostats in the RCF range with 230 V AC supply voltage. They are intended for room temperature control via on/off outputs. There are four different operating modes: Comfort, Economy (Standby), Off and Window.

RCF-230D

RCF-230D has automatic change-over between heating and cooling and can be used for 2- or 4-pipe systems. RCFM-230D has manual change-over between heating and cooling via the M-button on the front and should be used for 2-pipe systems. The thermostats have a function for 3-speed fan control (for fan-coil), a built-in temperature sensor, backlit display, and an input for a window contact or an occupancy detector. Technical data

RCFM-230D

Chapter 4

Supply voltage

230 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption

< 3 VA

Outputs

Relays for fan control, 230 V AC, 3 A DO4, DO5 for actuators, Triac, 230 V AC, max. 300 mA

Setpoint

5...35°C

Hysteresis

±0.5 K (adjustable)

P-band (only RCFM-230D)

10°C

I-time (only RCFM-230D)

300 s

Analogue input

One PT1000

Digital input

One closing potential-free contact

Universal input (only RCF-230D)

One PT1000 or closing potential-free contact

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Description

Installations

Change-over function

Type

Room thermostat for fan-coil applications

2- or 4-pipe

Automatic

RCF-230D

2-pipe

Manual

RCFM-230D

Page 93

4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Fan-coil controller for thermal or 3-point actuators RCF-230TD and RCFM-230TD are electronic fan-coil controllers in the RCF range with 230 V AC supply voltage. They are intended for room temperature control via thermal or 3-point actuators. There are four different operating modes: Comfort, Economy (Standby), Off and Window. RCF-230TD has automatic change-over between heating and cooling and can be used for 2- or 4-pipe systems. RCFM-230TD has manual change-over between heating and cooling via the M-button on the front and should be used for 2-pipe systems. The controllers have a function for 3-speed fan control (for fan-coil), a built-in temperature sensor, backlit display, and an input for a window contact or an occupancy detector. RCF-230TD

RCFM-230TD

Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption

< 3 VA

Outputs

Relays for fan control, 230 V AC, 3 A DO4, DO5 for actuators, Triac, 230 V AC, max. 300 mA

Setpoint

5...35°C

Hysteresis

±0.5 K (adjustable)

P-band (only RCFM-230TD)

10°C

I-time (only RCFM-230TD)

300 s

Analogue input

One PT1000

Digital input

One closing potential-free contact

Universal input (only RCF-230TD)

One PT1000 or closing potential-free contact

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Description

Installations

Change-over function

Type

Room controller for fan-coil applications

2- or 4-pipe

Automatic

RCF-230TD

2-pipe

Manual

RCFM-230TD

Fan-coil controller with 0...10 V control signal RCF-230AD is an electronic fan-coil controller in the RCF range with 230 V AC supply voltage. It is intended for room temperature control via a 0...10 V control signal. There are four different operating modes: Comfort, Economy (Standby), Off and Window. RCF-230AD has automatic change-over between heating and cooling and can be used for 2- or 4-pipe systems. The controller has a function for 3-speed fan control (for fan-coil), a built-in temperature sensor, backlit display, and an input for a window contact or an occupancy detector. Technical data

RCF-230AD

Page 94

Supply voltage

230 V AC ±10 %, 50/60 Hz

Power consumption

< 3 VA

Outputs

Relays for fan control, 230 V AC, 3 A AO1, AO2, 0...10 V DC

Setpoint

5...35°C

Hysteresis

±0.5 K (adjustable)

Analogue input

One PT1000

Digital input

One closing potential-free contact

Universal input

One PT1000 or closing potential-free contact

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Description

Installations

Change-over function

Type

Room controller for fan-coil applications

2- or 4-pipe

Automatic

RCF-230AD

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Room controllers Room temperature controller

• 0...10 V DC or 3-point output • Occupied/unoccupied mode AL24A1T is a room controller with 0...10 V DC or 3-point output. • Change-over

The controller is primarily intended for control of heating or cooling in zone control systems. It has an input for a presence detector (occupancy control). AL24A1T also has an input for change-over, which makes it possible for the control function to switch between heating and cooling. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC, ±15 % 50...60 Hz, 2 VA

Output

0...10 V DC, 1 mA or 3-point, 24 V AC, 1 A

Inputs

Two digital and one Regin NTC sensor

Setpoint

0...40°C

P-band

0.5...50 K

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Room temperature controller

AL24A1T

Room controller with LON communication

4

• With LON communication • Heating/cooling in sequence

R10-LON is a controller intended for installations with LON communication. It has PI-control with setpoint and setpoint displacement with individual values for heating/comfort, heating/economy, cooling/comfort, cooling/economy, constant room temperature depending on the running mode, and dew point control. R10-LON conforms with the Chilled Ceiling Controller 8070 (LonMark) profile. Moreover, different functions are supported via LON, such as low temperature protection in shutdown mode, control override on open window contact, configuration of an optional actuator etc. Technical data

Chapter 4

Supply voltage

24 V AC ±15 %, 4 VA

Outputs (3 alternatives)

Two 0...10 V DC, or two thermal actuators, or one increase/ decrease (triac)

Inputs

Two for a presence, temperature or 0...10 V DC sensor (Regin NTC sensor)

Setpoint displacement

±3°C

Protection class

IP30

Description

Type

Room controller with LON communication

R10-LON

Page 95


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Room controller

• 230 V AC supply voltage • Cascade control

Controller intended for control of damper actuators or valve actuators with 3-point floating control. AQUA230T can be used for supply air temperature control or room temperature control, with or without cascade control. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC

Max. load

5 VA

Control signal (output)

3-point floating control, 24 V AC output (heating or cooling)

Ambient humidity

Max. 90 % RH

Sensor inputs

Two inputs (main and limit sensor), Regin NTC sensor

Setpoint

0...30°C (the sensor determines the range)

Cascade factor (CF)

1...15

Minimum limit

0...30°C

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Room controller

AQUA230T

Room controller with active frost protection

• Fan and alarm relays

Controller intended for control of valve actuators in water-heated systems. AQUA24TF is designed for wall mounting, has a built-in room sensor and can be used to control supply air temperature or room temperature, with or without cascade control. The controller has built-in active frost protection with two alarm relays and automatic shutdown control. Technical data

Page 96

Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 %

Power consumption

Max. 5 VA

Control signal (output)

3-point floating control, 24 V AC output (heating)

Sensor inputs

Three 0...30°C (the sensor determines the range (Regin NTC sensor))

Setpoint

0...30°C

Minimum limit

0...30°C (not active for single sensor control)

Cascade factor (CF)

1...15 (must be set to 1 for single sensor control)

Frost alarm setpoint

5°C

Shutdown mode setpoint

25°C

Fan relay

Breaking contact for fan contactor interlock if a frost protection alarm occurs. 230 V AC, 2 A.

Alarm relay

Change-over contact for alarm indication if a frost protection alarm occurs. 24 V AC, 2A.

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Room controller with active frost protection

AQUA24TF

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Electromechanical thermostats Electromechanical room thermostat, 1-stage

• Contains gas-filled bellows • 10 A

1-stage room thermostat for wall mounting. Mechanical operation by a pair of gas-filled bellows with a stainless steel membrane. For cooling or heating applications. Technical data Output

10 A (2.5 A), 250 V AC, change-over

Setpoint

5...30°C

Hysteresis

0.6 K

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

4

Description

Type

Electromechanical room thermostat, 1-stage

TI-N

Electromechanical room thermostat for fan-coils Room thermostat for control of fan-coils. The thermostat has a switch for cooling or heating/cooling depending on the model, as well as a switch for fan speed control. Technical data Output

10 (3) A, 250 V AC

Setpoint

10...30°C

Hysteresis

0.6 K

Protection class

IP20

Description

Function

Type

Room thermostat

Heating or cooling switch

RRT025A

Cooling switch

RRT025B

Electromechanical thermostat, 1-stage Thermostat for wall or duct mounting. Technical data

Chapter 4

Output

15 A, 250 V AC, change-over contact

Temperature range

-35...+40°C

Hysteresis

2...8°C

Description

Mounting

Protection class

Type

Electromechanical thermostat, 1-stage

Wall

IP30

A19BBC-9275

Wall

IP65

A19BRC-9253

Duct

IP30

A19ABC-9037

Accessories

Type

Fixture for duct mounting of thermostat bulbs

DMF

Page 97


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Frost protection thermostat Mechanical operation via a gas-filled bellow. The thermostat is especially designed to protect hot water coils in heating systems against freezing. The entire length of the capillary tube is sensitive to temperature. The thermostat responds if the adjusted scale value is attained over a length of approximately 30...60 cm. Technical data Output

One 250 V AC, 15 A (8 A)

Setpoint

-10...+12°C, internal

Hysteresis

1K

Length, capillary tube

6m

Diameter, capillary tube

2 mm

Protection class

IP40

Description

Type

Frost protection thermostat

FST600

Accessories

Type

Mounting brackets, 6 pcs

MS/FST

Capillary tube feed through including 30 cm protective tube

DF/FST

Clamp-on thermostat Mechanical thermostat for clamp-on mounting. The thermostat is available with external or internal setpoint knob. Technical data

Page 98

Output

10 A (2 A) 230 V

Setpoint

0...60°C

Mounting

Clamp-on

Dimensions (WxHxD)

ATR83000: 52 x 110 x 68 mm ATR83101 & ATR83100: 52 x 110 x 51.5 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Setpoint knob

Temperature range

Type

Clamp-on thermostat

External

30...90°C

ATR83000

Internal

0...60°C

ATR83101

Internal

30...90°C

ATR83100

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Floorigo - Electronic thermostats for flush mounting Electronic room thermostat for underfloor heating, with sensor

• With a main switch • Sensor included

Electronic 1-stage thermostat with an on/off switch, intended for flush mounting. The thermostat is delivered with a floor sensor and has an input for an external sensor. It has a min. and max. limitation feature and night setback function. The unit is supplied with two front covers which fit ELKO and ELJO casings. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC, 6 VA

Output

13 A, 230 V AC, closing relay

Sensor inputs

One for an external sensor, NTC 0...40°C

Setpoint

0...40°C

Night set-back

5K

Hysteresis

0.4 K

Mounting

Flush mounting

Protection class

IP21

Description

Type

Electronic room thermostat

FL1-S

Electronic room thermostat with display for underfloor heating

• With display • Sensor included • Week-based scheduler

Electronic 1-stage thermostat with display and an on/off switch, intended for flush mounting. It has a week-based scheduler with energy saving mode. The thermostat is delivered with a floor sensor and has an input for an external sensor. It has a min. and max. limitation feature and night setback function. The unit is supplied with two front covers which fit ELKO and ELJO casings. Technical data

Chapter 4

Supply voltage

230 V AC, 6 VA

Output

13 A, 230 V AC, closing relay

Sensor inputs

One for an external sensor, NTC 0...40°C

Setpoint

0...40°C

Night set-back

5K

Hysteresis

0.4 K

Mounting

Flush mounting

Protection class

IP21

Description

Type

Electronic room thermostat

FL1-D

Page 99

4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Electronic room thermostat for underfloor heating

• No sensor needed • Time-proportional control

Floorigo FL1TP is an electronic 1-stage thermostat with an on/off switch. It is intended for flush mounting. The thermostat has manual output and does not need to be connected to an external sensor. It has a time-proportional output 10...100 % and fits in an ELKO casing. Technical data

Page 100

Supply voltage

230 V AC, 6 VA

Output

13 A, 230 V AC, closing relay

Setpoint

1...10

Cycle time

30 min

Mounting

Flush mounting

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Electronic room thermostat

FL1TP

Chapter 4


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Electronic thermostats Electronic room thermostat, 1-stage

• Supply voltage 230 V AC • Max. load 16 A

Electronic thermostats for wall mounting. Can be set to heating or cooling. The thermostat has a built-in sensor and an input for an external sensor. Technical data

Chapter 4

Supply voltage

230 V AC ±10 %, 1 VA

Output

16 A, 230 V AC, change-over relay

Setpoint

0...30°C, 20...50°C

Hysteresis

1K

Sensor input

One Regin NTC sensor

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

Description

Temperature range

4

Type

Electronic thermostat

0...30°C

TM1-P

Electronic thermostat

20...50°C

TM1-50

Page 101


R o o m

c o n t r o l l e r s / t h e r m o s t a t s

Duct controllers Duct controller, one 0...10 V DC output

• Protection class IP65 • Change-over function

Compact controller for mounting in ventilation ducts. The controller has a built-in sensor and setpoint control. An external setpoint potentiometer can be connected if required. Can be used to control either heating or cooling. P- or PI-control optional. AL24A1K has an input for change-over between heating and cooling. The change-over function can be activated by means of an external closing contact or a sensor mounted on the supply-water side of the heating/cooling unit. Technical data

Page 102

Supply voltage

24 V AC, 2 VA

Output

One, 0...10 V DC

Setpoint

0...30°C

P-band

0.5...50 K

I-time

2 min/20 min, selectable

Change-over

Input for closing contact or sensor (0...30°C)

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP65

Description

Type

Duct controller, one 0...10 V DC output

AL24A1K

Chapter 4


E l e c t r i c

h e a t i n g

c o n t r o l l e r s

C hapt er 5

Electric heating controllers Regin has an extensive range of controllers for electric heating, for wall or DIN-rail mounting, 1-phase 230 V, 2- or 3-phase 230 V/400 V.

Chapter 5

Page 103


E l e c t r i c

h e a t i n g

c o n t r o l l e r s

Electric heating controllers Electric heating controller, 1- or 2-phase

• Automatic control function and supply voltage adaptation • 1- or 2-phase

Controllers intended for control of radiators or electric heating coils. They can be mounted on a wall or in a cabinet. The controllers pulse the whole load on/off and utilise time-proportional triac control. Automatic control function adaptation, P- or PI-control. Wall mounting

DIN-rail mounting

Technical data Supply voltage

200...415 V AC, 50...60 Hz, 1- or 2-phase, automatic adaptation

Ambient temperature

Max. 30°C (Note: Pulser generates 20 W heating at full load.)

P-band

20 K (rapid temperature changes) 1.5 K (slow temperature changes)

I-time

6 min (rapid temperature changes)

Pulse period

60 s

Mounting

DIN-rail or wall

Protection class

IP30 PULSER/D: IP20

Inputs/outputs (I/Os) Sensor

One main sensor or two main sensors (only Pulser-M)

Setpoint

0...30°C (the sensor determines the scale range (Regin NTC sensor))

Night setback

0...10 K

Output (load)

16 A (min. 1 A) 1-phase max. 3.6 kW, 2-phase max. 6.4 kW

With automatic adaptation to 230 V AC or 400 V AC Description

Mounting

Type

Electric heating controller

Wall

PULSER

Electric heating controller

DIN-rail, 6.6 modules (115 x 88 x 59)

PULSER/D

Add-on unit

Wall

PULSER-ADD

Electric heating controller with min./max. limitation

Wall

PULSER-M

Electric heating controller for external 0...10 V DC control signal

DIN-rail, 6.6 modules (115 x 88 x 59)

PULSER-X/D

1-phase, 230 V AC or 2-phase, 400 V AC

Page 104

Description

Supply voltage

Mounting

Type

Electric heating controller for control of electric heaters with remote reset of the high temperature limit switch

230 V AC

Wall

PULSER220R

Electric heating controller for external 0...10 V DC control signal

230 V AC

Wall

PULSER220X010

Electric heating controller for external 0...10 V DC control signal

400 V AC

Wall

PULSER380X010

Chapter 5


E l e c t r i c

h e a t i n g

c o n t r o l l e r s

Electric heating controller with display, 1- or 2-phase

• With display • Adjustable P-band and I-time

Room controller intended for electric heating control. It can be connected to 1- or 2-phase electric heating coils, radiators etc. Pulser-DSP has a built-in sensor, an external sensor can also be used. A presence detector can be connected for control of comfort heating; i.e. when the room is empty, the controller is set to standby mode with reduced setpoint. Setpoint, P-band and standby values are set using the buttons on the controller. Technical data Supply voltage

200...415 V AC, automatic adaptation

Output (load)

2.3 kW at 230 V AC, 4 kW at 400 V AC

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

5

Settings Setpoint

0...30°C (the sensor determines the range (Regin NTC sensor))

Comfort heating

0...30°C

Standby temperature

0...30°C

P-band

0.5...99.5 K

I-time

1...999 s

Presence detection

On/off

Description

Type

Electric heating controller with display

PULSER-DSP

Electric heating controller with LON communication, 1-phase

• With LonWorks communication • Heating and cooling

PULSER-HC-LON is a room controller based on LON technology. It has a triac output for control of electric heating (10 A) and an extra output (cooling or heating) for 3-position or 24 V AC thermal actuators. The controller has a built-in sensor and a setpoint knob. The setpoint can be adjusted by ±3°C. An external sensor or setpoint device can also be used. PULSER-HC-LON has three different running modes, present, not present and standby. It is possible to set the basic setpoint to different values for heating and cooling. A window contact can be used to block the control when a window is open. Technical data

Chapter 5

Supply voltage

1-phase, 230 V AC and 24 V AC

Output (load)

10 A

Setpoint

0...30°C (the sensor determines the range (Regin NTC sensor))

Setpoint adjustment

±3°C

Load (extra output)

24 V AC, 3-point or one on/off, 0.5 A

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

Description

Type

Room controller with LON communication, heating or cooling in sequence

PULSER-HC-LON

Page 105


E l e c t r i c

h e a t i n g

c o n t r o l l e r s

Electric heating controller for wall mounting, 3-phase

• 3-phase • Wall mounting

TTC2000 is designed for wall mounting and can be used with internal or external setpoint. Automatic control function adaptation, P- or PI-control. The controller can also be set to be controlled by an external 0...10 V DC signal. To control extra loads, the slave board TT-S1 can easily be mounted into the unit. Technical data Supply voltage

3-phase, 210...255 / 380...415 V AC, automatic adaptation

Setpoint

0...30°C (the sensor determines the range)

Max. load

Max. 25 A, min. 3 A/phase

Sensor inputs

Two, main and min./max. limiting sensors (Regin NTC sensor)

Control signal

0...10 V DC (external signal)

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

P-band

Supply air temperature control: 20 K, fixed Room temperature control: 1.5 K, fixed

I-time (supply air temperature control)

6 min, fixed

Pulse period

6...120 s

Description

Type

Controller for electric heating

TTC2000

Slave board for TTC2000 TT-S1 is intended for use together with the electric heating controller TTC2000, in order to control extra loads.

Page 106

Description

Type

Slave board for control of extra loads (+17 kW)

TT-S1

Chapter 5


E l e c t r i c

h e a t i n g

c o n t r o l l e r s

Electric heating controller for DIN-rail mounting, 3-phase

• 3-phase • DIN-rail

Electric heating controllers intended for control of electric heating coils or radiators. The controllers pulse the whole load on/off and utilise time-proportional triac control. They are intended for DIN-rail mounting. Automatic control function adaptation, P- or PI-control. The controllers can also be set to be controlled by an external 0...10 V DC signal. TTC25

Technical data Supply voltage

TTC25..., TTC40F...: 3-phase, 210...255 / 380...415 V AC, automatic adaptation TTC63F, TTC80F: 3-phase, 400 V AC

Ambient temperature

TTC25...: Max. 40°C TTC40F...: Max. 30°C TTC63F, TTC80F: 0...40°C

Mounting

DIN-rail

Dimensions (WxHxD)

TTC25...: 195 x 200 x 95 mm TTC40...: 195 x 220 x 95 mm TTC63F: 195 x 220 x 105 mm TTC80F: 195 x 220 x 105 mm

Protection class

IP20

P-band

Supply air temperature control: 20 K, fixed Room temperature control: 1.5 K, fixed

I-time

6 min, fixed

Pulse period

TTC25..., TTC40F...: 6...60 s TTC63F, TTC80F: 6...120 s

TTC40F

5

Output

TTC63F

TTC25...

25 A, 3 x 400 V AC, 17 kW (3 x 230 V, 10 kW)

TTC40...

40 A, 3 x 400 V AC, 27 kW (3 x 230 V, 16 kW)

TTC63F

63 A, 3 x 400 V AC, 43 kW

TTC80F

80 A, 3 x 400 V AC, 55 kW

Input

TTC80F

Setpoint

0...30°C (the sensor determines the range). Note: Does not apply to TTC...X models.

Sensor inputs

Two, main and max./min. limiting sensors (Regin NTC sensor). Note: Does not apply to TTC...X models.

Control signal

0...10 V DC

Description

Load

For use with Regin NTC sensor

For external 0...10 V DC control signal only

External 0...10 V DC control signal option

Type

Electric heating controller with temperature control

25 A

Yes

-

Yes

TTC25

Electric heating controller

25 A

-

Yes

-

TTC25X

Electric heating controller with temperature control

40 A

Yes

-

Yes

TTC40F

Electric heating controller

40 A

-

Yes

-

TTC40FX

Electric heating controller with temperature control

63 A

Yes

-

Yes

TTC63F

Electric heating controller with temperature control

80 A

Yes

-

Yes

TTC80F

To control larger electrical loads, see the step controllers TT-S4/D and TT-S6/D.

Chapter 5

Page 107


E l e c t r i c

h e a t i n g

c o n t r o l l e r s

Scales and knobs for Pulser and TTC Alternative setpoint scales and knobs, when using sensors with other temperature ranges. Scales for TTC25/40 and Pulser/D

Temperature range

Type

20...50°C

SKALA-3933

40...70°C

SKALA-3934

60...90°C

SKALA-3935

20...50°C

3608

40...70°C

3609

60...90°C

3610

0...30°C

2271

20...50°C

1588

40...70°C

1589

60...90°C

1590

Knobs for TTC2000

Knobs for Pulser

Page 108

Chapter 5


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

C hapt er 6

Sensors and switches A broad range of temperature sensors with or without housing. Regin also offers humidistats and a complete series of transmitters for temperature, humidity, pressure, flow and CO2/CO.

Chapter 6

Page 109


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Regin sensors and switches – Comfortable and economic indoor climate To measure is to know. Temperature, carbon dioxide, air circulation and humidity in buildings are constantly affected by conditions outside and inside the building. To maintain a pleasant indoor climate and safeguard energyefficient operations the control systems need constant information. Regin offers a comprehensive programme of sensors and switches for every need. Our products are well known for high quality, accuracy and long term stability.

The Regin differential pressure transmitter for air has four selectable measuring ranges. in the same unit. The LCD display gives a good overview of measured values

You can really rely on them.

The Regin room transmitter is available as a combined CO2, temperature and humidity transmitter. The temperature transmitters and sensors with housing in the Tempero series are designed according to “ReadySteady-Go” with the aim of simplifying installation, and commissioning.

Page 110

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

6

The Regin range includes NTC, PT100 and PT1000 temperature sensors and transmitters. For room, pipe, duct, immersion and floor mounting etc.

High concentrations of CO2 cause headaches, dizziness and fatigue. The maximum limit of 1 000 ppm should therefore not be exceeded. Regin’s CO2 transmitters give a direct indication of the indoor air quality, which makes it possible to increase the supply air as long as necessary. A clogged filter impairs quality of the supply air and is bad economy. Regin’s differential pressure transmitters control the condition of filters and give an alarm when service is needed.

The relative humidity (RH) in buildings is recommended to be between 25-80% in the winter and 20-70% in the summer. At any season of the year, you can rely on Regin’s humidity transmitters and humidistats.

Chapter 6

Page 111


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Humidity Humidity transmitters

Humidistats

Regin humidity transmitters have a capacitive thin-film element that gives a signal that is proportional to the relative humidity (RH). The measuring element rapidly responds to changes in humidity and can be subjected to up to 100% RH without being damaged.

Regin humidistat are used for controlling humidifying and/or dehumidifying in HVAC systems. The humidistats have human hair or a synthetic element as sensor medium. The hair stretches as the humidity increases and shrinks as the humidity decreases. The changes are transmitted to a micro switch.

• High accuracy and rapid response

• Reliable construction with a high degree of accuracy (introduced the first time by Regin in 1947)

• Good long-term stability • Resistant to contamination • Supply voltage: 24 V AC or 15...35 V DC. • Automatic adaption to the connected voltages. • Room, wall or duct mounted • Available as single humidity transmitters or as combined humidity and temperature transmitter.

The HRTN series – Room humidity/temperature transmitters, wall mounting with or without display

• Contacts of the changeover type: 2 step humidistat

The HR-S series – Room humidistats, mechanical Output

One (1), 230 V AC, 5 A, change-over

Setpoint

35...95% RH

Hysteresis

7% RH

+/-2% RH (40...60% RH) otherwise +/- 3% RH

Mounting

Wall-mounting

Accuracy Temp.

+/-0.25 K and +/-0.4 K depending on type

Protection class

IP30

Protection class

IP30

Output:

0…10 V DC or 4…20 mA

Working range Humidity

0...90% RH

Working range Temp.

0...50°C

Accuracy Humidity

The HRT series – Wall humidity/temperature transmitters, wall mounting Output:

0…10 V DC or 4…20 mA

Working range HRT 350 series Humidity: Temperature:

20...95% RH 0...+50°C

Working range HRT 250 series Humidity:

0...100% RH,

Temperature:

-20...+80°C

Accuracy/humidity HRT 350 series

+/-3% RH (40...60% RH) otherwise +/-5% RH

HRT 250 series

+/-2% RH (40...60% RH)

Accuracy/temperature

The HMH series – Duct/Wall humidistats, mechanical Output

One (1) or two (2), 10 A, 250 V AC, change-over

Setpoint

10...100% RH

Hysteresis

3% RH

Step differential (HMH2)

0...25% RH

Mounting

Duct or wall-mounting

Protection class

IP54

The HDI series – Electronic humidistats Output

One (1) or two (2), 10 A, 250 V AC, change-over

HRT 350 series

+/-0.5 K at 20°C

Input

0...10 V DC

HRT 250 series

+/-0.2 K at 20°C

Humidity rangeability

20...95% RH

Protection class

IP65

Hysteresis

1...20% RH

Step diff. (HD2)

0...20% RH

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

The HDT series – Duct humidity/temperature transmitters Output:

0…10 V DC or 4…20 mA

Working range HDT 2200 series Humidity:

0...100% RH

Temperature:

-20...+80°C

Working range HDT 3200 series Humidity:

20...95% RH,

Temperature:

0...+50°C

Accuracy/humidity HDT 2200 series

+/-2% RH (+/-2% RH 90...100% RH)

HDT 3200 series

+/-3% RH (+/-5% RH 40...60% RH)

Accuracy/temperature

Page 112

HDT 2200 series

+/-0.4 K at 20°C

HDT 3200 series

+/-0.7 K at 20°C

Protection class

IP65

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Pressure and Air flow Differential pressure switch

Duct sensor for air velocity

The differential pressure switch has a synthetic spring suspended membrane which is linked to a changeover contact. When the differential pressure exceeds the setpoint value the contact switches. The differential pressure switch is used to supervise and monitor fans, filters and air handling units, to control defrosting functions etc.

The air velocity sensor operates with a specially designed thin-film element which is heat sensitive (the hot-film anemometer principle). The cooling rate of the element, which depends on the air velocity, is measured and transformed to an output signal proportional to the air speed. • Stable output signal compensated for varying temperature • Extremely high frequency response

Pressure transmitters Regin pressure and differential pressure transmitters use a ceramic measuring beam. The differential pressure affects a membrane that works directly against the measuring beam with a film resistor. When the resistance changes it is converted to a proportional output control signal. • High degree of accuracy

• Not sensitive to contamination by dust etc.

Flow switches The flow switch operated by an electrical blade-type tripping device interrupts the electric control circuit when there is insufficient water circulation owing to abnormal conditions.

• Few moving parts – rapid response • Excellent long-term stability.

The DMD series – Differential pressure transmitters for air with LED display Output:

The TTK series – Pressure transmitters for liquids and gases

Selectable: 0…10 V DC or 4…20 mA,

Working range

4 selectable ranges 0…1000 Pa

Accuracy

Better than ±1% at 20°C

Electronic damping

0...20 s

Protection class

IP54

0…10 V DC or 4…20 mA

Working range

Selectable -50...5000 Pa

Accuracy

+/-1% fs

Ambient temperature

0...70°C

Protection class

IP54

The DTK series – Differential pressure transmitters for liquids and gases

0…10 MPa (100 bar)

Accuracy

+/-0.3%

Media temperature range

-15...+80°C

Protection class

IP 65

Output:

0-10 V DC or 4-20 mA

Working range:

Selectable 0...10 m/s, 0...15 m/s, 0...20 m/s

Accuracy

+/-(0.3 m/s +3% of value), at 0...10 m/s +/-(0.3 m/s +3% of value), at 0...15 m/s +/-(0.3 m/s +4% of value), at 0...20 m/s

Damping

0.2 or 2 s (optional)

Ambient temperature

-10...+50°C

Protection class

IP65

The DTV series – Differential pressure switches, for air and non-corrosive gases

Output:

0…10 V DC or 4…20 mA

Output

5 A (0.8 A) 250 V AC

Working range:

0…2500 kPa

Working range:

Accuracy:

+/-1,3% fs for transmitter 0…10 kPa and 0…250 kPa

Selectable pressure range from 20…5000 Pa

Max. overload pressure

5000 Pa

+/-0,8% fs for transmitters 0…400 kPa

Ambient temperature

-20...+85°C

Protection class

IP54

Output

6(2) A, 250 V AC, change-over contact (SPDT)

Max. fluid pressure

10 bar tested to 15 bar

Max. fluid temperature

110°C

Storage temperature

-20...+80°C

Protection class

IP64

+/-0,5% fs for transmitters 0…600 and 0..2500kPa

Chapter 6

0-10 V DC or 4-20 mA

Working range:

The AVDT25 series – Air velocity sensors

The DTL series – Differential pressure transmitters for air and non-corrosive gases Output:

Output:

Ambient temperature

-15...+80°C

Protection class

IP65

Flow switch

Page 113

6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Temperature sensors and transmitters Whenever you need to keep track of the temperature in- and outside a building Regin has all you need. The product range includes NTC, PT100 and PT1000 sensors and transmitters. They are well-known for high accuracy and long-term stability.

The PT100 and PT1000 sensors in the Tempero series are designed according to “Ready-Steady-Go”.

NTC sensors • Measures the temperature resistance in a ceramic element (NTC). When the temperature rises the resistance is reduced.

PT100/PT1000 sensors • Based on platinum elements with standardized resistance. PT100: 100 ohms at 0°C. PT1000: 1000 ohms at 0°C. • Available in a wide range of mounting versions

• For room mounting and immersion mounting • Output signal 0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA.

Duct sensor with soft seal for perfect surface contact. The sensor length in the duct is easily adjustable.

NTC sensors

Temperature transmitters

Temperature transmitters

Without housing

TRTN - Room mounting

TG-A…

Clamp-on sensor

0…30°C

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

TG-B…

Bulb sensor

-20 …+10°C up to 60…90°C

Temp range

0…50°C

Accuracy

+/-0.3°C

Protection class

IP30

TG-G…

Floor sensor

0…40°C

TG-D…

Immersion sensor

0…30°C up to 60…90°C

TG-K3…

Duct sensor

-30…+30 up to 0…70°C

With housing TG-R4…

Room sensor with setpoint adjust0...30°C ment

TG-R5…

Room sensor

0...30°C up to 20...50°C

TG-R6…

Outdoor sensor

-30...+30°C up to 20...50°C

PT100/PT1000 sensors

Page 114

The screw cap offers quick and easy installation.

TRT - Wall-mounting Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Temp range

0…50°C

Accuracy

+/-0.7°C

Protection class

IP65

TLT 130 - Immersion mounting Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Temp range

0…100°C

Accuracy

+/-0.5°C

Protection class

IP65

TDT200 - Duct mounting

TG-AH1/PT1000

Clamp-on sensor w housing

TG-A1/PT100/1000

Clamp-on sensor w/o housing

30...+150°C

TG-B1/PT100/1000

Bulb sensor

-30…+100°C

TG-KH/PT100/1000

Duct sensor with housing

-30…+70°C

TG-K3/PT100/1000

Duct sensor w/o housing

-30…+70°C

TG-MH/PT1000

Average temperature sensor with housing

0…70°C

TG-DH/PT100/1000

Immersion with housing

-20…+120°C

TG-DHW/PT100/1000

Immersion with housing + well

-20…+120°C

TG-D1/PT100/1000

Immersion w/o housing

-30…+150°C

TG-R4/PT1000 TG-R5/PT100/1000

Room sensor setpoint adj

0…50°C

TG-UH/PT100/1000

Outdoor sensor

-30…+70°C

-30...+120°C

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Temp range

0…50°C

Accuracy

+/-0.5°C

Protection class

IP65

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

CO2 The Regin CO2-transmitters give direct information about the concentration of CO2 in the room or building. Based on these values the ventilation system is constantly controlled to provide an optimum concentration of CO2 in the air. • Very high accuracy due to patented auto-calibration function with infrared light measuring and reference measuring system • Low risk for contamination

Standard version: • CO2 temperature transmitter for room or duct mounting.

Optional: • CO2 and temperature transmitter • CO2 and temperature transmitter with display • CO2, temperature and humidity transmitter with display • CO2 transmitter with relay

• Short response time • High long-term stability • Long calibration interval - more than 5 years and no calibration necessary at installation. The transmitter is available in versions with LCD display which gives you a good overview of all measured values.

The CO2RT series – Wall mounted room transmitter Outputs CO2

0...10 V DC referring to 0...2000 ppm

Temperature

0...10 V DC referring to 0...50°C, PT1000-sensor (class DIN B)

Humidity

0...10 V DC referring to 10...90% RH (working range 1...9 V)

The CO2DT series – Duct transmitter Output

0…10V DC

Working range CO2

0...2000 ppm

Accuracy CO2

± (50 ppm +2% of measured value)

Protection class

IP65

Working range CO2

0...2000 ppm

Temperature

0...50°C

Humidity

0...90% RH

Accuracy CO2

± (50 ppm +2% of working range)

Temperature

±3°C

Humidity

3% (30...70% RA) ± 5% (10...90% RH)

Protection class

IP30

CO COF – CO transmitter for room mounting

Chapter 6

Output

4...20 mA

Working range CO

0...300 ppm

Accuracy CO

± (2% of measured value)

Protection class

IP54

Page 115

6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Temperature sensors - NTC Clamp-on sensor, NTC Clamp-on sensor for surface temperature measurement. Supplied with 1.5 m cable including clamp (Ø 40 mm max.) Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Time constant

13 s

Material

Aluminium

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP65

This sensor cannot be used together with the Pulser series. Description

Temperature range

Type

Clamp-on sensor, clamp included

0...30°C

TG-A130

Accessories

Type

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 1 g

PASTA

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 20 g

PASTA-20

Bulb sensor, NTC Universal sensor. Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Diameter

Ø 6 mm

Material

Nickel plated brass

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP65

Description

Temperature range

Cable length

Type

Bulb sensor

0...30°C

1.5 m

TG-B130

20...50°C

1.5 m

TG-B150

0...60°C

1.5 m

TG-B160

40...70°C

1.5 m

TG-B170

60...90°C

1.5 m

TG-B190

This sensor cannot be used together with the Pulser series.

Page 116

Accessories

Type

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 1 g

PASTA

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 20 g

PASTA-20

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Floor sensor, NTC For floor temperature measurement. Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Diameter

Ø 7 mm

Cable length

2.5 m

Protection class

IP65

Description

Temperature range

Cable length

Type

Floor sensor

0...30°C

2.5 m

TG-G130

Floor sensor for the Floorigo thermostat range

0...40°C

2.5 m

TG-G240

6

Immersion sensor, NTC For water temperature measurement. Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Time constant

4s

Diameter

R1/4” Ø 6 mm

Material

Stainless steel

Pressure class

PN10

Insertion length

135 mm TG-D230: 220 mm

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP65

Description

Temperature range

Type

Immersion sensor

0...30°C

TG-D130

20...50°C

TG-D150

40...70°C

TG-D170

60...90°C

TG-D190

0...30°C

TG-D230

Accessories

Type

Mounting flange for TG-D1... for mounting in ventilation ducts

DF

This sensor cannot be used together with the Pulser series.

Chapter 6

Page 117


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Well Well for immersion sensors. Technical data Connection

R1/2”

Pressure class

PN25

Description

Material

Insertion length

Type

Well

Brass

90 mm

DR-90

Well

Stainless steel

90 mm

DR-90R

Well for TG-DHW...

Stainless steel

90 mm

DR-90W

Well

Brass

135 mm

DR-135

Well

Stainless steel

135 mm

DR-135R

Accessories

Type

Adapter 1/4” to 1/2”. For mounting TG-D1... in 1/2”.

ADAPTER

Duct sensor, NTC Duct sensor for air temperature measurement in ventilation ducts. Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Time constant

38 s

Diameter

Ø 9 mm

Insertion length

15...130 mm, adjustable

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP20

Description

Temperature range

Type

Duct sensor

-30...+30°C

TG-K300

Duct sensor

-20...+10°C

TG-K310

Duct sensor

0...30°C

TG-K330

Duct sensor

20...50°C

TG-K350

Duct sensor

0...60°C

TG-K360

Duct sensor

40...70°C

TG-K370

Duct sensor for Floorigo/AL24A1T

0...40°C

TG-K340

Room sensor, NTC, with setpoint adjustment Room sensor for room temperature measurement. Can also be used for setpoint adjustment only. Technical data

Page 118

Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Protection class

IP30

Description

Temperature range

Type

Room sensor with setpoint adjustment

0...30°C

TG-R430

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Room sensor, NTC For room temperature measurement. Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Protection class

IP30

Description

Temperature range

Type

Room sensor

0...30°C

TG-R530

Room sensor

20...50°C

TG-R550

Room sensor for average measurement*

0...30°C

TG-R530M

Room sensor for Floorigo/AL24A1T

0...40°C

TG-R540

* For average room temperature measurement, two TG-R530M are connected in series to the sensor input.

Outdoor sensor, NTC Outdoor sensor for outdoor temperature measurement or for temperature measurement in rooms where higher protection class is needed. Technical data Sensor element

NTC, 15...10 kOhms

Protection class

IP65

Description

Temperature range

Type

Outdoor sensor

-30...+30°C

TG-R600

0...30°C

TG-R630

20...50°C

TG-R650

Setpoint device for NTC sensors Setpoint device intended for NTC sensors only. Panel mounting. Technical data Protection class

Chapter 6

IP20

Description

Temperature range

Type

Setpoint device

-20...+10°C

TBI-10

0...30°C

TBI-30

20...50°C

TBI-50

40...70°C

TBI-70

60...90°C

TBI-90

0...100 %

TBI-100

Page 119

6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Temperature sensors - PT100/PT1000 Clamp-on sensor, PT1000, with housing Clamp-on sensor for surface temperature measurement, including a metal strap for easy fastening and a tube of heat-conductive contact paste. Technical data Temperature range

-20...+120°C

Time constant

5s

Protection class

IP42 (or IP40 depending on the mounting position)

Description

Sensor element

Type

Clamp-on sensor

PT1000

TG-AH1/PT1000

Accessories

Type

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 1 g

PASTA

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 20 g

PASTA-20

Clamp-on sensor, PT100/PT1000 For measuring surface temperature, including clamp (Ø 40 mm max.). Technical data Temperature range

-30...+150°C

Time constant

13 s

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Clamp-on sensor

PT100

TG-A1/PT100

PT1000

TG-A1/PT1000

Bulb sensor, PT100/PT1000 Universal sensor. Technical data

Page 120

Temperature range

-30...+100°C

Material

Nickel plated brass

Diameter

6 mm

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Bulb sensor

PT100

TG-B1/PT100

PT1000

TG-B1/PT1000

Accessories

Type

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 1 g

PASTA

Heat-conductive paste in tube, 20 g

PASTA-20

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Duct sensor, PT100/PT1000, with housing Duct sensor for air temperature measurement in ventilation ducts. Technical data Temperature range

-30...+70°C

Time constant

16 s

Insertion length

60...230 mm, adjustable

Diameter

8 mm

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Duct sensor

PT100

TG-KH/PT100

PT1000

TG-KH/PT1000

6

Duct sensor, PT100/PT1000 Duct sensor for air temperature measurement in ventilation ducts. Technical data Temperature range

-30...+70°C

Time constant

50 s including dead time

Insertion length

15...130 mm, adjustable

Diameter

9 mm

Cable length

1.5 m

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Cable length

Type

Duct sensor

PT100

1.5 m

TG-K3/PT100

PT1000

1.5 m

TG-K3/PT1000

PT1000

3m

TG-K3/PT1000/3,0

Average temperature sensor, PT1000, with housing Average temperature sensor for duct mounting. It has a 3 m cable with four PT1000 elements. The cable is mounted with clamps and is held in place inside the duct by an end spring. Technical data

Chapter 6

Temperature range

0...70°C

Time constant

Approx. 1 s

Cable length

3m

Diameter

Ø 8 mm

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Average temperature sensor

PT1000

TG-MH/PT1000

Page 121


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Immersion sensor, PT100/PT1000, with housing, without well Technical data Temperature range

-20...+120°C

Time constant

4s

Diameter

5 mm

Connection

R1/4”

Material, probe

Stainless steel

Diameter, probe

5 mm

Pressure class

PN16

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Insertion length

Type

Immersion sensor

PT100

90 mm

TG-DH/PT100

PT1000

90 mm

TG-DH/PT1000

Immersion sensor, PT100/PT1000, with housing and well Immersion sensor with well. The sensor part has a clip fastening which makes it easy to mount. Technical data

Page 122

Temperature range

-20...+120°C

Time constant

18 s (12 s with heat-conductive paste)

Insertion length

90 mm

Connection, well

R1/2”

Material, probe and well

Stainless steel

Diameter, well

8 mm

Pressure class

PN25

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Immersion sensor with well

PT100

TG-DHW/PT100

PT1000

TG-DHW/PT1000

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Immersion sensor, PT100/PT1000 Immersion sensor for water temperature measurement. Technical data Temperature range

-30...+70°C

Time constant

4s

Cable length

1.5 m

Connection

R1/4”

Diameter

4 mm

Material

Stainless steel

Pressure class

PN10

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Insertion length

Type

Immersion sensor

PT100

135 mm

TG-D1/PT100

PT1000

135 mm

TG-D1/PT1000

PT100

220 mm

TG-D2/PT100

PT1000

220 mm

TG-D2/PT1000

Accessories

Type

Mounting flange for TG-D1... for mounting in ventilation ducts

DF

Adapter 1/4” to 1/2”. For mounting TG-D1... in 1/2”.

ADAPTER

Room sensor, PT100/PT1000 For room temperature measurement, with or without setpoint adjustment. Technical data Temperature range

0...50°C

Protection class

IP30

Description

Sensor element

Type

Room sensor with setpoint adjustment, 5...30°C

PT1000

TG-R4/PT1000

Room sensor

PT100

TG-R5/PT100

Room sensor

PT1000

TG-R5/PT1000

Outdoor sensor, PT100/PT1000 For outdoor temperature measurement. Technical data

Chapter 6

Temperature range

-30...+70°C

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Outdoor sensor

PT100

TG-UH/PT100

PT1000

TG-UH/PT1000

Page 123

6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Setpoint device for PT100/PT1000 sensors Setpoint device which gives resistance corresponding to the standard PT1000 table for the temperature range 5...30°C. Panel mounting. Technical data

Page 124

Temperature range

5...30°C

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Setpoint device

TBI-PT1000

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Temperature sensors for R+S products Outdoor sensor Temperature sensor for outdoor temperature measurement.

MAF Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X.

AF Intended to be used together with RV5027. Technical data Measuring range

MAF: -30…+50°C AF: -20…+25°C

Protection class

IP30

6

Description

Sensor element

Type

Outdoor temperature sensor

R+S

MAF

NTC, R+S

AF

Clamp-on sensor Temperature sensor for water temperature measurement. Including clamp.

MALF Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X.

VF Intended to be used together with RV5027. Technical data

Chapter 6

Measuring range

MALF: 0…120°C VF: 5…110°C

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Clamp-on sensor

R+S

MALF

NTC, R+S

VF

Page 125


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Immersion sensor with housing, without well For water temperature measurement. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data Temperature range

-40…+125°C

Dimensions (WxHxD)

58 x 72.5 x 42 mm

Protection class

IP30

Description

Insertion length

Type

Immersion sensor without well

120 mm

MTF120MS

170 mm

MTF170MS

220 mm

MTF220MS

310 mm

MTF310MS

Well Well for the MTF immersion sensors. Technical data Connection

R1/2”

Diameter

15 mm

Pressure class

PN45

Description

Insertion length

Material

Type

Well for MTF120

100 mm

Brass

TH100

Well for MTF120

100 mm

Stainless steel

TH100R

Well for MTF170

150 mm

Brass

TH150

Well for MTF170

150 mm

Stainless steel

TH150R

Well for MTF220

200 mm

Brass

TH200

Well for MTF220

200 mm

Stainless steel

TH200R

Well for MTF310

290 mm

Brass

TH290

Well for MTF310

290 mm

Stainless steel

TH290R

Room sensor For room temperature measurement. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data

Page 126

Temperature range

0…40°C

Protection class

IP30

Description

Sensor element

Type

Room sensor

R+S

TG-R5/MR

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Bulb sensor Universal temperature sensor. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data Temperature range

-40…+125°C

Material, bulb

Stainless steel

Material, cable

Silicone

Protection class

IP65

Description Bulb sensor

Sensor element

Cable length

Type

R+S

1.6 m

MUF

R+S

4.5 m

MUF

6

PT1000 solar sensor Measurement of solar fluid and/or surface temperature of solar collectors. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data Temperature range

-50…+250°C

Material, bulb

Stainless steel

Material, cable

Silicone

Diameter

5 mm

Protection class

IP54

Bulb length

50 mm

Cable length

2.5 m

Description

Sensor element

Type

PT1000 solar sensor

R+S

UF-SOL1

Immersion sensor Sensor intended for fluid temperature measurement. The sensor has extremely short response time. It is especially designed for use in systems with wastewater discharge control (e.g. plate heat exchange). All components coming into contact with drinking water are DVGW certified, so that all statutory hygienic requirements are fulfilled. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data

Chapter 6

Temperature range

-10…+105°C

Connection, well

R1/2”

Material, well

Stainless steel

Insertion length

80 mm

Cable length

5m

Protection class

IP54

Description

Sensor element

Type

Immersion sensor

R+S

MUF-HS80

Page 127


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Remote setpoint units Duct sensor Duct sensor for air temperature measurement in ventilation ducts. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data Temperature range

-20...+50°C

Insertion length

60...230 mm, adjustable

Insert diameter

8 mm

Protection class

IP65

Description

Sensor element

Type

Duct sensor

R+S

TG-KH/MKF

Remote control unit with CAN Bus interface Remote control units with CAN Bus interface intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. The standard models have a room temperature sensor. By pressing a button, you can extend the operating time or switch between operating and non-operating time. The status is indicated by an LED. Setpoint adjustment for the operating time, base values +5…-5 K. Technical data Range

10…40°C

Bus interface

CAN (Controller Area Network)

Mounting

Wall

Dimensions (WxHxD)

71 x 71 x 27 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Room sensor

LEDs

Remote control unit

Yes

4

Yes

1

Yes

1

Yes

4

Day/night/ auto switch

Fan control

Yes

Extended running

Type

Yes

FR3-CS

Yes

FTR2-CS FDR2-CS

Yes

FVR2S-CS

Remote control unit with M room temperature sensor and extended running Intended to be used together with RU 6X. Technical data

Page 128

Temperature range

0…40°C

Functions

Extended running Day/night/auto switch

Dimensions (WxHxD)

71 x 71 x 27 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Remote control unit

MR-FVS1

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Remote control unit with M room temperature sensor and switch Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data Temperature range

0…40°C

Functions

On/off switch

Dimensions (WxHxD)

71 x 71 x 27 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Remote control unit

MR-FVS5

Remote setpoint device, EFV48 The remote setpoint devices EFV48-… for panel mounting allow remote setpoint adjustment of electronic control units. They are designed for various ranges. Scale and well are available as accessories. Intended to be used together with R+S products. Technical data Operating element

Black plastic housing

Connection

Max. 4-wire, poled, insulated cable at EFV48-10

Dimensions (WxHxD)

49 x 49 x 61 mm, console panel drilling 22.5 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Remote setpoint device without scale and well, 10 kOhm

EFV48-10

Remote setpoint device without scale and well, ±2.5 K

EFV48-300/25

Remote setpoint device without scale and well, ±5 K

EFV48-300/250

Accessories

Scale

Type

Scale and well for EFV48-…

0…100 %

SA480/100

0…40°C

SA480/40

-15…+20°C

SA48-15/20

0…50°C

SA480/50

Remote setpoint device for wall mounting The remote setpoint device FV is used for remote setting of target value in weather-based flow temperature control units with adjusting range ±20 K. In control units without night setback facility, two remote target value sensors allow a setting of day and night temperature in combination of a switch clock. Remote adjusters are connected to the control unit after removing the fixed value resistance of 300 Ohm. Intended to be used together with RV5027. Technical data

Chapter 6

Dimensions (WxHxD)

71 x 71 x 27 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Remote setpoint device, 50…550 Ω, -…+

FV

Remote setpoint device, 10 kOhm

FV10

Page 129

6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Temperature transmitters Temperature transmitter for room/wall mounting Temperature transmitters with or without display. Technical data

TRTN, TRTN-420

Temperature range

0...50°C

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Accuracy

TRTN...: ±0.3°C TRT50...: ±0.7°C

Protection class

TRTN...: IP30 TRT50...: IP65

Supply voltage

TRT50, TRT50-420

TRTN and TRTN-D

24 V AC or 15...40 V DC, 1 VA

TRTN-420

Max. 28 V, min. 10 + 0.02 x RL (where RL is the circuit loop resistance (RL < 500 Ohms))

TRT50

24 V AC or 15...35 V DC , 1 VA

TRT50-420

20...35 V DC

Description Temperature transmitter

Display

Output signal

Mounting

Type

-

0...10 V DC

Room

TRTN

Yes

0...10 V DC

Room

TRTN-D

-

4...20 mA

Room

TRTN-420

-

0...10 V DC

Wall

TRT50

-

4...20 mA

Wall

TRT50-420

TRTN-D

Temperature transmitter for immersion/duct mounting Technical data Temperature range

TLT: 0...100°C TDT: 0...50°C

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Accuracy

±0.5°C at 20°C

Insertion length

TLT: 75 mm TDT: 60...230 mm, adjustable

Connection (TLT)

1/4

Protection class

IP65

Supply voltage

Page 130

TLT130 / TDT200

24 V AC or 20...35 V DC, 1 VA

TLT130-420 / TDT200-420

20...35 V DC

Description

Output signal

Mounting

Type

Temperature transmitter

0...10 V DC

Immersion

TLT130

4...20 mA

Immersion

TLT130-420

0...10 V DC

Duct

TDT200

4...20 mA

Duct

TDT200-420

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Humidistats - Electromechanical Room humidistat, 1-step

• The setpoint knob can be locked

Electromechanical humidistat with a synthetic element. Technical data Output

One, 230 V AC, 5 A, change-over

Setpoint

35...95 % RH

Hysteresis

7 % RH

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

Description

Type

Room humidistat, 1-step

HR-S

Room humidistat, 1- or 2-step

6

• Protection class IP21

Electromechanical humidistat with change-over contact for control of humidification and/or dehumidification. The humidistat is intended for wall mounting and the setpoint knob can be locked. Technical data

Chapter 6

Output

HR1/HR2: 5 A, 250 V AC HR1-DH: 10 A

Setpoint

10...95 % RH

Hysteresis

4 % RH

Step differential (HR2)

0...30 % RH

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP21

Description

Type

Room humidistat, 1-step, 5 A

HR1

Room humidistat, 1-step for dehumidification only, 10 A, 250 V AC

HR1-DH

Room humidistat, 2-step, 5 A

HR2

Page 131


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Duct/wall humidistat

• On/off or proportional output • For duct or wall mounting

Electromechanical humidistat with change-over contact. The humidistat is intended for duct or wall mounting. Technical data

Page 132

Output

10 A, 250 V AC, change-over

Setpoint

10...100 % RH

Hysteresis

3 % RH

Step differential (HMH2)

0...25 % RH

Mounting

Duct or wall

Protection class

IP54

Description

Output

Type

Duct/wall humidistat

1-step

HMH

2-step

HMH2

Proportional 0...148 Ohms

HPH148

Proportional 0...1000 Ohms

HPH1000

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Humidistats - Electronic Electronic humidistat for DIN-rail mounting

• 1- or 2-step • DIN-rail mounting

Electronic humidistat with one or two relay outputs. The humidistat is connected to a humidity transmitter. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 %, 2 VA

Output

One or two, 10 A, 250 V AC

Input

0...10 V DC

Humidity rangeability

20...95 % RH

Hysteresis

1...20 % RH

Step differential (HD2)

0...20 % RH

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

6

Description

Type

Electronic humidistat, 1-step, change-over contact

HD1-24/D

Electronic humidistat, 2-step, closing contacts

HD2-24/D

Electronic humidistat for wall mounting

• Protection class IP65

Electronic humidistat with one relay output. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC ±15 %, 1 VA

Output

1-step, 5 A, 24 V AC, change-over

Setpoint

10...95 % RH

Hysteresis

3...15 % RH

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP65

Description

Type

Electronic humidistat for wall mounting

HRD1-24

Electronic humidistat for duct mounting

• Protection class IP65 • Adjustable insertion length

Electronic humidistat with one relay output. Technical data

Chapter 6

Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC ±15 %, 1 VA

Output

1-step, 5 A, 24 V AC, change-over

Setpoint

10...95 % RH

Hysteresis

3...15 % RH

Insertion length

60...230 mm, adjustable

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP65

Description

Type

Electronic humidistat for duct mounting

HDD1-24

Page 133


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Humidity/temperature transmitters Room humidity/temperature transmitter, H(T)RTN

• Good long-term stability • Resistant to contamination

Transmitter for relative humidity and temperature measurement. Intended for wall mounting. One model with display. Technical data Supply voltage, 0...10 V DC

24 V AC / 15...40 V DC, 1 VA

Supply voltage, 4...20 mA

Max. 28 V, min. 10 + 0.02 x RL (where RL is the circuit loop resistance (RL < 500 Ohms))

Output signal

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA*

Working range

Humidity: 0...90 % RH Temperature: 0...50°C

Accuracy, humidity

±3 % RH (±2 % at 40...60 % RH)

Accuracy, temperature

HTRTN: ±0.25 K HTRTN-420: ±0.4 K

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

Description

Display

Output signal

Humidity transmitter

Type

0...10 V DC

HRTN

0...10 V DC

HRTN-D

Humidity transmitter

4...20 mA

HRTN-420

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

0...10 V DC

HTRTN

0...10 V DC

HTRTN-D

4...20 mA

HTRTN-420

Humidity transmitter

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

Yes

Yes

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

* 4...20 mA output signal only at DC supply voltage (two-wire).

Wall humidity/temperature transmitter, HRT350

• Protection class IP65 • Resistant to contamination

Transmitter for relative humidity and temperature measurement. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC / 15...35 V DC, 1 VA

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA*

Working range

Humidity: 20...95 % RH, Temperature: 0...50°C

Accuracy, humidity

±5% RH (±3% at 40...60% RH)

Accuracy, temperature

±0.5 K at 20°C

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP65

Description

Output signal

Type

Humidity transmitter

0...10 V DC

HRT350

Humidity transmitter

4...20 mA

HRT350-420

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

0...10 V DC

HTRT350

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

4...20 mA

HTRT350-420

* 4...20 mA output signal only at DC supply voltage (two-wire).

Page 134

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Wall humidity/temperature transmitter, HRT250

• ±2 % accuracy • Resistant to contamination

Transmitter for relative humidity and temperature measurement. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC / 15...35 V DC, 1 VA

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA*

Working range

Humidity: 0...100 % RH Temperature: -20...+80°C

Accuracy, humidity

±2 % RH (±3 % at 90...100 % RH)

Accuracy, temperature

±0.2 K at 20°C

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP65

Description

Output signal

Type

Humidity transmitter

0...10 V DC

HRT250

Humidity transmitter

4...20 mA

HRT250-420

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

0...10 V DC

HTRT250

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

4...20 mA

HTRT250-420

Accessories

Type

Calibration certificate for HRT250 models, when certified calibration is demanded. Must be ordered together with a new transmitter.

CCERT-E

* 4...20 mA output signal only at DC supply voltage (two-wire).

Duct humidity/temperature transmitter, HDT2200

• ±2 % accuracy • Resistant to contamination

Transmitter for relative humidity and temperature measurement. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC / 15...35 V DC, 1 VA

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA*

Working range

Humidity: 0...100 % RH Temperature: -20...+80°C

Accuracy, humidity

±2 % RH (±3 % at 90...100 % RH)

Accuracy, temperature

±0.2 K at 20°C

Insertion length

60...230 mm, adjustable

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP65

Description

Output signal

Type

Humidity transmitter

0...10 V DC

HDT2200

Humidity transmitter

4...20 mA

HDT2200-420

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

0...10 V DC

HTDT2200

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

4...20 mA

HTDT2200-420

* 4...20 mA output signal only at DC supply voltage (two-wire).

Chapter 6

Page 135

6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Duct humidity/temperature transmitter, HDT3200

• ±3 % accuracy • Resistant to contamination

Transmitter for relative humidity and temperature measurement. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC / 20...35 V DC, 1 VA

Output

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA*

Working range

Humidity: 20...95 % RH Temperature: 0...50°C

Accuracy, humidity

±3 % RH (±5 % at 40...60 % RH)

Accuracy, temperature

±0.5 K at 20°C

Insertion length

60...230 mm, adjustable

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP65

Description

Output signal

Type

Humidity transmitter

0...10 V DC

HDT3200

Humidity transmitter

4...20 mA

HDT3200-420

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

0...10 V DC

HTDT3200

Combined humidity and temperature transmitter

4...20 mA

HTDT3200-420

Accessories

Type

Calibration certificate for HDT2200 and HDT3200 models, when certified calibration is demanded. Must be ordered together with a new transmitter.

CCERT-E

* 4...20 mA output signal only at DC supply voltage (two-wire).

Duct humidity transmitter combined with M temperature sensor Measurement of relative humidity and supply air or extract air temperature. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data

Page 136

Supply voltage

15…18 V DC or 24 V AC

Temperature range

5…50°C

Output

0…10 V = 0…100 % relative humidity

Humidity range

20…100 %

Accuracy, temperature

≤ ±1 K (at 20°C)

Design

Screw-in, high-alloy stainless steel temperature sensor

Max. immersion depth

265 mm

Protection class

IP41

Optional

Sintered metal basket cage at air speed > 10 m/s

Description

Type

Humidity/temperature transmitter

MHYK

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Room humidity/temperature transmitter The room humidity transmitter combined with an M temperature sensor measures relative humidity and room temperature. The sensor can be installed directly on the wall. Intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data Supply voltage

15…18 V DC or 24 V AC

Power consumption

Approx. 6 mA

Humidity range

0…100 % RH

Temperature range

0…50°C

Output signal

0…10 V = 0…100 % relative humidity

Accuracy, humidity

± 3 % RH (at 20…85 % RH and 15…35°C)

Accuracy, temperature

≤ ±1 K (at 20°C)

Dimensions (WxHxD)

71 x 71 x 27 mm

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Combined humidity/temperature transmitter

MHYR

6

Humidity transmitter for outdoor use

Chapter 6

Description

Type

Humidity/temperature transmitter, 0...10 V DC, to be used together with the radiation shield HVS

EE21-FT3A21

Humidity/temperature transmitter, 4...20 mA, to be used together with the radiation shield HVS

EE21-FT6A21

Radiation shield for outdoor mounting of EE21-FT...

HVS

Page 137


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Humidity accessories Spare parts for humidstats Description

Type

Hair element for HR1/HR2, length 107 mm

1606

Hair element for HRP, length 115 mm

1607

Hair element for HMH/HPH, length 182 mm

1608

Microswitch B2R21 for HMH

1609

Protective plastic tube for use of HMH in high air velocity conditions

375

Filter for the humidity transmitters HRT and HDT Description

Type

Dust filter made of Gore-Tex, standard on the humidity transmitters

HA010101

Sintered brass filter, protection in demanding environments

HA010102

Sintered stainless steel filter, protection in demanding environments

HA010103

Teflon filter

HA010105

Metal filter

HA010106

Calibration accessories

Page 138

Description

Type

Calibration device for sensor probes, horizontal mounting

HA010401

Calibration device for sensor probes, vertical mounting

HA010402

5 ampoules, 10 % RH, incl. 5 textile discs

HA010410

5 ampoules, 35 % RH, incl. 5 textile discs

HA010435

5 ampoules, 50 % RH, incl. 5 textile discs

HA010450

5 ampoules, 80 % RH, incl. 5 textile discs

HA010480

5 ampoules, 95 % RH, incl. 5 textile discs

HA010495

Chapter 6 


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Pressure Differential pressure switch for air and non-corrosive gases

• Excellent long-term stability • Easy to mount

Technical data Max. overload pressure

5000 Pa

Relay output

5 A (0.8 A) 250 V AC

Ambient temperature

-20...+85°C

Protection class

IP54

Description

Working range

Type

Differential pressure switch

20...300 Pa

DTV200

50...500 Pa

DTV500

100...1000 Pa

DTV1000

500...2000 Pa

DTV2000

1000...5000 Pa

DTV5000

Accessories

Type

2 m plastic tube and two pressure outlets

ANS

Differential pressure transmitter for air, with display

6

• Selectable measuring range • Adjustable damping of the measuring signal

Microprocessor-controlled differential pressure transmitter for measurement of air and neutral gases. DMD has four different measuring ranges in the same unit, 0...100 Pa, 0...300 Pa, 0...500 Pa and 0...1000 Pa. The range is selected by means of buttons under the cover. Other functions are zero-point adjustment and electronic damping. Supplied with 2 m plastic tube and two pressure outlets. Technical data

Chapter 6

Supply voltage

24 V AC or DC, 5 VA

Output signal

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA, selectable

Working range

0...100 Pa, 0...300 Pa, 0...500 Pa and 0...1000 Pa, selectable

Accuracy

Better than ±1 % at 20°C

Electronic damping

0...20 s

Display

LED, 3 digits

Protection class

IP54

Description

Type

Differential pressure transmitter with display

DMD

Page 139


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Differential pressure transmitter with built-in controller, with display

• Selectable measuring range • Adjustable damping of measuring signal

Microprocessor-controlled differential pressure transmitter with built-in controller for control of dampers, frequency converters, VAV systems, gases etc. DMD-C has four different measuring ranges in the same unit, 0...100 Pa, 0...300 Pa, 0...500 Pa and 0...1000 Pa. The range is selected by means of buttons under the cover. Supplied with 2 m plastic tube and two pressure outlets. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC or DC, 5 VA

Output signal, pressure

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Output signal, controller

0...10 V DC

Working range

0...100 Pa, 0...300 Pa, 0...500 Pa and 0...1000 Pa, selectable

Accuracy

±1 % at 20°C

P-band

0...300 %

I-time

0...999 s

D-factor

0...999

Electronic damping

0...20 s

Display

LED, 3 digits

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP54

Description

Type

Differential pressure transmitter with built-in controller, with display

DMD-C

Differential pressure transmitter for air and non-corrosive gases (multi-range)

• High level of accuracy and stability • Quick and easy mounting

Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC (24 V DC, two-wire for 4...20 mA), 0.24 VA

Accuracy

±1% fs

Ambient temperature

0...70°C

Protection class

IP54

Description

Working range

Output signal

Type

Differential pressure transmitter

100 / 300 / 500 Pa

0...10 V DC

DTL150

Transmitter (all types above) in display version (LCD). Note: Not in stock.

Page 140

100 / 300 / 500 Pa

4...20 mA

DTL150-420

300 / 500 / 1000 Pa

0...10 V DC

DTL310

300 / 500 / 1000 Pa

4...20 mA

DTL310-420

500 / 1000 / 1600 Pa

0...10 V DC

DTL516

500 / 1000 / 1600 Pa

4...20 mA

DTL516-420

1600 / 2500 / 5000 Pa

0...10 V DC

DTL1650

1600 / 2500 / 5000 Pa

4...20 mA

DTL1650-420

see type

see type

DTL...-D

Accessories

Type

2 m plastic tube and two pressure outlets

ANS

Calibration certificate for the DTL series, when certified calibration is demanded.

CCERT-H

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Differential pressure transmitter for air and non-corrosive gases (low pressure)

• High level of accuracy and stability • Quick and easy mounting

Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC (24 V DC, two-wire for 4...20 mA), 0.24 VA

Accuracy

±1% fs

Ambient temperature

0...70°C

Protection class

IP54

Description

Working range

Output signal

Type

Differential pressure transmitter

-50...+50 Pa

0...10 V DC

DTL05/05

-50...+50 Pa

4...20 mA

DTL05/05-420

0...100 Pa

0...10 V DC

DTL1

0...100 Pa

4...20 mA

DTL1-420

see type

see type

DTL...-D

Transmitter (all types above) in display version (LCD). Note: Not in stock.

Chapter 6

Accessories

Type

2 m plastic tube and two pressure outlets

ANS

Calibration certificate for the DTL series, when certified calibration is demanded.

CCERT-H

6

Page 141


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Differential pressure transmitter for liquids and gases

• Excellent long-term stability • Wide range

Differential pressure transmitter for measurement of liquids (also glycol-mixed) and gases (not ammonia). The measuring element is made of a ceramic material that gives good stability and high measuring accuracy. Technical data

Page 142

Supply voltage

24 V AC / 18...33 V DC (output signal 0...10 V DC), 0.1 VA 11...33 V DC, two-wire (output signal 4...20 mA), 0.5 VA

Output signal

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA (two-wire)

Accuracy

DTK10...DTK250: ±1.3 % fs DTK400: ±0.8 % fs DTK600...DTK2500: ±0.5 % fs

Ambient temperature

-15...+80°C

Connection

Screw fitting for Ø 6 mm pipe included

Protection class

IP65

Description

Working range

Output signal

Max. overload pressure (one side)

Type

Differential pressure transmitter

0...10 kPa

0...10 V DC

60 kPa

DTK10

0...10 kPa

4...20 mA

60 kPa

DTK10-420

0...20 kPa

0...10 V DC

120 kPa

DTK20

0...20 kPa

4...20 mA

120 kPa

DTK20-420

0...40 kPa

0...10 V DC

200 kPa

DTK40

0...40 kPa

4...20 mA

200 kPa

DTK40-420

0...100 kPa

0...10 V DC

500 kPa

DTK100

0...100 kPa

4...20 mA

500 kPa

DTK100-420

0...250 kPa

0...10 V DC

1200 kPa

DTK250

0...250 kPa

4...20 mA

1200 kPa

DTK250-420

0...400 kPa

0...10 V DC

1200 kPa

DTK400

0...400 kPa

4...20 mA

1200 kPa

DTK400-420

0...600 kPa

0...10 V DC

1200 kPa

DTK600

0...600 kPa

4...20 mA

1200 kPa

DTK600-420

0...1000 kPa

0...10 V DC

2000 kPa

DTK1000

0...1000 kPa

4...20 mA

2000 kPa

DTK1000-420

0...1600 kPa

0...10 V DC

3200 kPa

DTK1600

0...1600 kPa

4...20 mA

3200 kPa

DTK1600-420

0...2500 kPa

0...10 V DC

5000 kPa

DTK2500

0...2500 kPa

4...20 mA

5000 kPa

DTK2500-420

Accessories

Type

Nipple (R=1/8’’ 27NPT) for connection of Ø 6 mm copper pipe

DTK-NIPPEL

Copper pipe, Ø 6 mm, length 30 cm

DTK-R

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Pressure transmitter for liquids and gases

• Excellent long-term stability • Extremely low temperature dependency

Pressure transmitter for measurement of liquids (also glycol-mixed) and gases (not ammonia). Can also be delivered with other specifications, e.g. with absolute pressure. For more information, see the product sheet for TTK. Technical data

Chapter 6

Supply voltage

24 V AC / 18...33 V DC (output signal 0...10 V DC), 0.1 VA 11...33 V DC, two-wire (output signal 4...20 mA), 0.5 VA

Output signal

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA (two-wire)

Accuracy

±0.3 %

Connection

R1/4”

Packing

EPDM

Temperature range

-15...+80°C*

Protection class

IP65

Description

Working range

Output signal

Type

Pressure transmitter

0...100 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK1

0...100 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK1-420

0...200 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK2

0...200 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK2-420

0...500 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK5

0...500 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK5-420

0...1000 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK10

0...1000 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK10-420

0...1600 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK16

0...1600 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK16-420

0...2500 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK25

0...2500 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK25-420

0...4000 kPa

0...10 V DC

TTK40

0...4000 kPa

4...20 mA

TTK40-420

0...10 MPa

0...10 V DC

TTK100

0...10 MPa

4...20 mA

TTK100-420

Accessories

Type

* Mounting spacer which lowers the temperature at higher media temperatures than the sensor can handle

105074

Adapter 1/4” to 1/2”

ADAPTER

6

Page 143


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Air velocity transmitter

• Selectable working range • Short reaction time

For air velocity measurement in ventilation ducts. Specially designed thin film sensor elements with high degree of mechanical and electrical repeatability. The working range is selected by means of a jumper on the circuit board. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±20 %, 4 VA

Working range

0...10 m/s, 0...15 m/s, 0...20 m/s

Output signal

0...10 V (max. 1 mA), 4...20 mA

Time constant

1.5 s at 10 m/s

Accuracy

±(0.3 m/s + 3 % of the value) at 0...10 m/s ±(0.3 m/s + 3 % of the value) at 0...15 m/s ±(0.3 m/s + 4 % of the value) at 0...20 m/s

Damping

0.2 or 2 s (selectable)

Ambient temperature

-10...+50°C

Insertion length

50...200 mm, adjustable

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP65

Description

Type

Air velocity transmitter

AVDT25

Flow Flow switch

• Protection class IP64

Flow switch which breaks the electric control circuit of the boiler/chiller when there is insufficient water circulation in the boiler/chiller pipe due to an abnormal condition. The flow switch is operated by an electrical tripping device (stainless steel blade) and can be installed on pipes from 1” to 8” in diameter. Technical data

Page 144

Relay output

6 (2) A, 250 V AC, change-over contact (SPDT)

Max. fluid pressure

10 bar, tested to 15 bar

Max. fluid temperature

110°C

Storage temperature

-20...+80°C

Protection class

IP64

Description

Type

Flow switch

FLS304

Chapter 6


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

CO2/CO transmitters Carbon dioxide transmitter, wall mounting

• CO2, temperature and humidity • Easy mounting

The CO2RT series with patented automatic calibration sets new standards in CO2 measuring for HVAC applications. It combines measurement of CO2 level, temperature and relative humidity. There are models with or without display and relay. The calibration interval is more than 5 years, calibration is not necessary at installation. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±15 %, 50...60 Hz or 15...35 V DC, 3 VA

Working range, CO2

0...2000 ppm

Working range, temperature

0...50°C

Working range, humidity

10...90 % RH

Accuracy, CO2

< ±(50 ppm +2 % of the working range)

Accuracy, temperature

±0.3°C

Accuracy, humidity

±3 % at 30...70 % RH, ±5 % at 10...90 % RH

Relay output

Max. 1 A at 50 V AC, min. 1 mA at 5 V DC

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP30

6

Outputs CO2

0...10 V DC referring to 0...2000 ppm

Temperature

0...10 V DC referring to 0...50°C, PT1000-sensor (DIN class B)

Humidity

0...10 V DC referring to 0...100 % RH (working range 1...9 V)

Description

Display

CO2 and temperature transmitter CO2 and temperature transmitter

CO2RT Yes

CO2, temperature and humidity transmitter CO2, temperature and humidity transmitter

Chapter 6

CO2RT-D CO2HRT

Yes

CO2 transmitter with relay CO2 transmitter with relay

Type

CO2HRT-D CO2RT-R

Yes

CO2RT-R-D

Page 145


S e n s o r s

a n d

s w i t c h e s

Carbon dioxide transmitter, duct mounting

• High long-term stability • Protection class IP65

Measures the concentration of carbon dioxide in ducts. The calibration interval is more than five years, calibration is not necessary at installation. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±20 %, 50...60 Hz or 15...35 V DC, 3 VA

Working range

0...2000 ppm

Output signal

0...10 V DC

Accuracy

±(50 ppm + 2 % of the measured value)

Relay output

Max. 1 A at 50 V AC, min. 1 mA at 5 V DC

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP65

Description

Type

CO2 transmitter

CO2DT

CO2 transmitter with relay

CO2DT-R

On request also with 0...5000 ppm working range.

Carbon monoxide transmitter, room mounting Measures the concentration of carbon monoxide in rooms. Technical data

Page 146

Supply voltage

20...28 V DC

Working range

0...300 ppm

Output signal

4...20 mA

Accuracy

±(2 % of the measured value)

Mounting

Room

Protection class

IP54

Description

Type

CO transmitter

COF

Chapter 6


D e t e c t o r s

C hapt er 7

Detectors Regin has a complete range of ionisation and optical smoke detectors, with or without service alarm and auxiliary fan. The detectors are intended for duct or ceiling mounting.

Chapter 7

Page 147


D e t e c t o r s

Detectors Smoke detector for duct mounting

• Compact design • Single-pipe

Technical data Supply voltage

15...30 V DC (via control unit, ABV...)

Power consumption

0.14 mA (50 mA if an alarm occurs)

Mounting

Duct

Protection class

IP54

Description

Type

Ionisation detector

SDD-S65

Ionisation detector with service alarm

SDD-S50

Ionisation detector with built-in relay (24 V)

SDD-S65-R

Ionisation detector with auxiliary fan

SDD-S65-M

Ionisation detector with auxiliary fan and service alarm

SDD-S50-M

Optical detector

SDD-OE65

Optical detector with service alarm

SDD-OE50

Optical detector with built-in relay (24 V)

SDD-OE65-R

Optical detector with auxiliary fan

SDD-OE65-M

Optical detector with auxiliary fan and service alarm

SDD-OE50-M

Accessories

Type

Mounting spacer for insulated pipe ducts

TDS

Venturi tube for SDD-S... models, 600 mm length (standard)

VR600

Venturi tube for SDD-S... models, 2000 mm length

VR2000

Smoke detector for ceiling mounting

• Compact design • Built-in service alarm

Technical data

Page 148

Supply voltage

15...30 V DC (via control unit, ABV...)

Power consumption

0.14 mA (50 mA if an alarm occurs)

Mounting

Ceiling

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Ionisation detector

S65

Ionisation detector with service alarm

S50

Optical detector

S65-OE

Optical detector with service alarm

S50-OE-GA4

Accessories

Type

Socket for S50 and S65 detectors

S-BP

Socket for S50 detectors with built-in change-over relay (24 V AC)

S-BPR-S50

Socket for S65 detectors with built-in change-over relay (24 V AC)

S-BPR-S65

Chapter 7


D e t e c t o r s

Control unit for smoke detectors

• 24 V AC or 230 V AC supply voltage • Two relay contacts for alarm handling

Control units for the SDD, S50 and S65 series. Provides power supply and alarm handling for smoke detectors, with or without service alarm. Intended for DIN-rail mounting. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC or 230 V AC

Power consumption

30 mA (70 mA if an alarm occurs), 1 VA (1.7 VA if an alarm occurs)

Alarm outputs ABV...-S-300/D

One change-over contact (smoke) One closing contact (smoke) One closing contact (service)

ABV...-300/D

Two change-over contacts (smoke alarms)

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Control unit, 24 V AC

ABV24-300/D

Control unit with service alarm, 24 V AC

ABV24-S-300/D

Control unit, 230 V AC

ABV-300/D

Control unit with service alarm, 230 V AC

ABV-S-300/D

Smoke spray Gas for control of smoke detectors. Suitable for both ionisation and optical detectors. Description

Type

Smoke spray, 260 ml

SS-260

Presence detector

• Unobtrusive design • Change-over relay

Detectors which give a signal when someone enters the room. The detector has a pulse-detecting function that minimizes the risk of false alarms. Settable on/off delays. Technical data

IR24-P

IR24-PC

Chapter 7

Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC, 0.1 VA

Alarm output

200 mA, 24 V DC, change-over contact

Power consumption

15 mA

Temperature range

-20°C...+50°C

Ambient humidity

Max. 95 % RH

Mounting

Wall/ceiling

Protection class

IR24-P: IP40 IR24-PC: IP20

Description

Mounting

Detection area

Type

Presence detector

Wall

15 x 15 m, 110° angle

IR24-P

Presence detector

Ceiling

Height x 2.5 at 25° angle

IR24-PC

Page 149

7


D e t e c t o r s

Solar sensor The solar sensor is used in a heating system if there is a solar channel. This is necessary, for instance if the buildings or parts of building with large window areas are heavily exposed to the sun and no thermostatic radiator valves have been used. It is intended to be used together with RU 6X or RU 9X. Technical data

Page 150

Supply voltage

22...38 V DC or 24 V AC

Power consumption

1 VA

Range

0...1000 W/m2

Measurement characteristic curve

0...10 V (0...1000 W/m2)

Measuring element

2 x Ni-temperature sensor (330 Ohm at +20°C)

Delay time

3 min

Output signal

0...10 V DC

Ambient temperature

-40...+60°C

Protection class

IP43

Description

Type

Solar sensor

SF

Chapter 7


E n e r g y

m e t e r s

C hapt er 8

Energy meters Regin offers a wide variety of energy meters for different kinds of applications.

Chapter 8

Page 151


E n e r g y

m e t e r s

Energy meter with M-Bus interface CHM is a range of compact energy meters with M-Bus interface and coaxial multi-jet flow sensors, intended for heating or cooling. The meter is handled via the menu system in the display. Up to 15 monthly values can be stored and read. Installation is in the return pipe. A return sensor is already installed in the volumetric flow meter. The flow sensor is connected via a 1.5 m silicone cable (5 mm in diameter). The temperature sensor can be mounted directly in the medium or in pockets. Seal and wall mounting set are included in the delivery. Technical data

Page 152

Display

LCD

Length, flow sensors

110 and 130 mm

Description

Measuring unit

Flow

Connection

Type

Compact energy meter

Detachable Detachable

0.6 m /h

DN15

CHM-0,6X

1.5 m3/h

DN15

CHM-1,5X

Detachable

2.5 m3/h

DN20

CHM-2,5X

Fixed

0.6 m3/h

DN15

CHM-0,6

Fixed

1.5 m /h

DN15

CHM-1,5

Fixed

2.5 m3/h

DN20

CHM-2,5

3

3

Accessories

Type

Pulse output for energy or volume (only without M-Bus)

CHM-PULSE

Installation of the meter in the flow

CHM-FLOW

Special edition for solar systems

CHM-SOLAR

230 V power supply for CHM...

CHM-POWER

Temperature sensor with 5.2 mm diameter

CHM-T5.2

Special cable sensor length: VL=1.5 m, RL=1.5 m

CHM-TA1

Special cable sensor length: VL=3.0 m, RL=0.5 m integr.

CHM-TA2

Special cable sensor length: VL=3.0 m, RL=3.0 m

CHM-TA3

M-Bus cable

CHM-MBUSC

Add. costs for version for cooling (sealed)

CHM-COLD

Add. costs for hybrid version (heating and cooling function)

CHM-HYBRID

Chapter 8 


E n e r g y

m e t e r s

Energy meters Energy meter with Woltman-volumetric flow meter and flange for any kind of installation Description

Flow

Length

Connection

Mounting holes

Type

Energy meter with Woltmanvolumetric flow meter and flange for any kind of installation

15 m3/h

200 mm

DN50

4

MJH50WF-15

25 m /h

225 mm

DN65

4

MJH65WF-25

40 m3/h

225 mm

DN80

4

MJH80WF-40X

40 m3/h

200 mm

DN80

4

MJH80WF-40

15 m3/h

225 mm

DN80

8

MJH80WF-15X

15 m /h

200 mm

DN80

8

MJH80WF-15

15 m3/h

250 mm

DN100

8

MJH100WF-15

15 m3/h

250 mm

DN125

8

MJH125WF-15

15 m3/h

300 mm

DN150

8

MJH150WF-15

15 m /h

350 mm

DN200

8

MJH200WF-15

15 m3/h

450 mm

DN250

8

MJH250WF-15

15 m3/h

500 mm

DN300

8

MJH300WF-15

3

3

3

8 Energy meter with Woltman-volumetric flow meter and flange for horizontal installation Description

Flow

Length

Connection

Mounting holes

Type

Energy meter with Woltmanvolumetric flow meter and flange for horizontal installation

15 m3/h

270 mm

DN50

4

MJH50WF-15H4

25 m3/h

300 mm

DN65

4

MJH65WF-25H4

40 m3/h

300 mm

DN80

4

MJH80WF-40H4

40 m3/h

300 mm

DN80

8

MJH80WF-40H8

60 m /h

360 mm

DN100

8

MJH100WF-60H8

150 m3/h

500 mm

DN150

8

MJH150WF-150H8

3

Energy meter EMU is a range of electronic measuring units which can be combined with all types of volumetric flow meters. The meters are supplied with two temperature sensors and a 3 m factory mounted cable. They are intended to be used in heating or cooling systems. Technical data

Chapter 8

Technology

2-wire

Sensor element

PT500

Description

Flow

Type

Energy meter

1 l/lmp

EMU1

10 l/lmp

EMU10

100 l/lmp

EMU100

1000 l/lmp

EMU1000

Page 153


E n e r g y

m e t e r s

Energy meter with flange for horizontal installation Description

Flow

Length

Connection

Pressure rating

Type

Energy meter with flange for horizontal installation

1.5 m3/h

190 mm

DN20

PN16

MJH20F-1,5H

2.5 m /h

190 mm

DN20

PN16

MJH20F-2,5H

3.5 m3/h

260 mm

DN25

PN16

MJH25F-3,5H

6.0 m3/h

260 mm

DN25

PN16

MJH25F-6,0H

6.0 m3/h

260 mm

DN32

PN16

MJH32F-6,0H

10 m /h

300 mm

DN40

PN16

MJH40F-10H

3

3

Energy meter with thread for installation in vertical piping with downwards flow Description

Flow

Length

Connection

Pressure rating

Type

Energy meter with thread for downwards flow

1.5 m3/h

105 mm

20

PN16

MJH20-1,5VD

2.5 m /h

105 mm

20

PN16

MJH20-2,5VD

3.5 m3/h

150 mm

25

PN16

MJH25-3,5VD

6.0 m3/h

150 mm

25

PN16

MJH25-6,0VD

6.0 m3/h

150 mm

32

PN16

MJH32-6,0VD

10 m /h

150 mm

40

PN16

MJH40-10VD

10 m3/h

200 mm

40

PN16

MJH40-10VDX

3

3

Energy meter with thread for installation in vertical piping with upwards flow Description

Flow

Length

Connection

Pressure rating

Type

Energy meter with thread for upwards flow

1.5 m3/h

105 mm

DN20

PN16

MJH20-1,5VU

2.5 m3/h

105 mm

DN20

PN16

MJH20-2,5VU

3.5 m3/h

150 mm

DN25

PN16

MJH25-3,5VU

6.0 m3/h

150 mm

DN25

PN16

MJH25-6,0VU

6.0 m /h

150 mm

DN32

PN16

MJH32-6,0VU

10 m3/h

150 mm

DN40

PN16

MJH40-10VU

10 m3/h

200 mm

DN40

PN16

MJH40-10VUX

3

Energy meter with thread for horizontal installation Description

Flow

Length

Connection

Pressure rating

Type

Energy meter with thread for horizontal installation

1.5 m3/h

190 mm

DN20

PN16

MJH20-1,5H

2.5 m3/h

190 mm

DN20

PN16

MJH20-2,5H

3.5 m /h

260 mm

DN25

PN16

MJH25-3,5H

6.0 m3/h

260 mm

DN25

PN16

MJH25-6,0H

6.0 m3/h

260 mm

DN32

PN16

MJH32-6,0H

10 m3/h

300 mm

DN40

PN16

MJH40-10H

3

Page 154

Chapter 8 


E n e r g y

m e t e r s

Accessories for MJH energy meters Description

Type

M-Bus interface

MJH-MBUS

Pulse output for energy

MJH-PULSEE

Pulse output for energy and volumetric flow

MJH-PULSEEV

Installation in flow

MJH-FLOW

Measuring unit in 4-wire version

MJH-R4

Temperature sensor cable, 10 m (only with R4)

MJH-T10

Measuring unit in hybrid version (heating and cooling function)

MJH-HYBRID

8

Chapter 8

Page 155


E n e r g y

Page 156

m e t e r s

Chapter 8 


A c c e s s o r i e s

C hapt er 9

Accessories Regin supplies you with all the accessories you need to complete your installation.

Chapter 9

Page 157


A c c e s s o r i e s

Modems Dial-up modem for EXO4, EXOcompact and Corrigo E Industrial auto-dial modem for DIN-rail mounting. 24 V DC supply voltage. Approved for use in most European countries. Modem56INT485kit is delivered with a null modem adapter and an e-cable. Description

Type

Modem for Corrigo E / EXOcompact*

MODEM56KINT485

Modem for EXO4*

MODEM56KINT232

* For accessories, see the power supply unit X1111, 230 V AC / 24 V DC.

Modem for EXOflex Auto-dial plug-in modem with tone dialling, for Regin’s EXOflex controllers. Occupies one RS232 port on the controller (Port 3). 2400 baud, Hayes-compatible, approved for use in most European countries according to the R&TTE directive. Requires that EP7408, EP8101 or EP8102 is installed. Description

Type

Modem

X9011

For accessories, see the transient protection (LPU) X9050.

Auto-dial GSM modem for EXOflex Auto-dial GSM modem for EXOflex, intended for DIN-rail mounting. Approved for use in most European countries. The modem is supplied with a dual band antenna and 3 m coaxial cable. 24 V DC supply voltage. Description

Type

GSM modem for EXOflex

XGDW11

For accessories, see the power supply unit X1111, 230 V AC / 24 V DC.

GSM modem for the Nimbus alarm software GSM modem to be used together with the Nimbus alarm software, 230 V AC supply voltage. The modem is delivered with a power supply unit, an external antenna and a computer cable with 9-pole D-sub contacts.

Page 158

Description

Type

GSM Fargo Nimbus Alarm Kit

SET-GSM100LA

Chapter 9 


A c c e s s o r i e s

GSM modem for EXOcompact and Corrigo E GSM modem to be used together with EXOcompact or Corrigo E. DIN-rail mounting, 230 V AC or 24 V DC supply voltage. The modem is delivered with a power supply unit, an external antenna and a cable for connection to the RS485 port on the controller. Description

Type

GSM Fargo EXOcompact/Corrigo E kit

SET-GSM100LC

GSM modem for EXOflex GSM modem for DIN-rail mounting, 24 V DC supply voltage. The modem is delivered with an external antenna and a cable for connection to EXOflex port 3 (RS232). Description

Type

GSM Fargo EXOflex Kit

SET-GSM100LE

GPRS router GPRS router which makes it possible to connect Regin’s controllers to a main computer using GPRS communication. It is strongly recommended that you choose a fixed monthly rate from your internet provider. DIN-rail mounting, 24 V DC supply voltage. The GPRS router is delivered with an external antenna. Description

Type

GPRS Router 5.0 Ethernet

GPRS5.0E

For accessories, see e.g. the power supply units X1111 and X1312, 230 V AC / 24 V DC.

Chapter 9

Page 159

9


A c c e s s o r i e s

Displays External display unit for EXOflex and EXOcompact

• User-friendly • Backlit LCD display

ED9200 is an independent display and configuration unit for EXOflex or EXOcompact*. When connecting it to an EXOflex system, it is a free-standing PIFA which can be connected to a processor house via the EFX channel. The display can be connected in two ways, either temporarily via a quick cable connection in the front panel of the Power PIFA, or permanently via screw connectors. ED9200 can be connected to an EXOflex system configured for EP9040 (LOT). Technical data

With EXOcompact

With EXOflex

Communication port

Serial, special

The EFX channel

Power supply

Internal supply, via cable

24 V DC, via the EFX channel

Max. cable length

10 m

200 m

Cable

EK12 (3 m) or EK14 (10 m)

EK10 (1.5 m) or EK10-3 (3 m)

Description

Cable length

Type

External display unit, protection class IP41

ED9200

External display unit, protection class IP65

ED9200IP65

Cable for connecting ED9200 to an EXOflex system

1.5 m

EK10

Cable for connecting ED9200 to an EXOflex system

3m

EK10-3

Cable for connecting ED9200 to an EXOcompact* unit

3m

EK12

Cable for connecting ED9200 to an EXOcompact* unit

10 m

EK14

* Only for EXOcompact models without display.

External display unit for EXOcompact and Corrigo E (ED9100)

• Backlit LCD display • Model with IP65

External display unit for EXOcompact* or Corrigo E*. The display offers full external control when the controller is mounted in a panel or similar. Corrigo E and EXOcompact have a RJ12 modular jack for fast connection. Technical data Protection class

IP41 or IP65

Description

Cable length

Protection class

Type

External display unit

3m

IP41

ED9100-3

External display unit

10 m

IP41

ED9100-10

External display unit

3m

IP65

ED9100IP65-3

* Only for Corrigo E and EXOcompact models without display. If the distance between the controller and ED9100... exceeds 10 m, the display repeaters E0-R / E0-R230K can be used.

Page 160

Chapter 9


A c c e s s o r i e s

External display unit for EXOcompact and Corrigo E (E-DSP)

• User-friendly • Four row backlit LCD display

E-DSP is an independent display and configuration unit for EXOcompact* or Corrigo E*. It offers full external control when the controller is mounted inside a cabinet etc. Mounting on a wall or wall socket (cc 60 mm). Technical data Protection class

IP44

Description

Cable length

Type

External display unit

3m

E-DSP-3

External display unit

10 m

E-DSP-10

* Only for Corrigo E and EXOcompact models without display. If the distance between the controller and E-DSP exceeds 10 m, the display repeaters E0-R/E0-R230K can be used.

Display repeater for E-DSP and ED9100 Repeater for handling distances from 10 to 1000 m between Corrigo E / EXOcompact and the external display units E-DSP and ED9100. Description

Power supply

Protection class

Mounting

Type

Repeater

24 V AC

IP20

DIN-rail

E0-R

Repeater

230 V AC

IP65

Wall

E0-R230K

Display unit with one analogue input

• Different measurement ranges • Input signal 0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Display unit showing the readings for pressure, temperature, humidity, air velocity, CO2 level etc. The range is set by means of operating switches on the front. The measurement unit is indicated by a label which is placed on the front below the display window. The following labels are supplied: °C, Pa, kPa, mBar, Bar, % RH and ppm (x1000). DSP24A1/D can be used together with an electronic transmitter or controller. Technical data

Chapter 9

Supply voltage

24 V AC, 5 VA

Input signal

0...10 V DC or 4...20 mA

Display

LED, 3 digits

Range

0...1, 0...2, 0...4, 0...5, 0...10, 0...20, 0...40, 0...50, 0...100, 0...200

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Display unit

DSP24A1/D

Page 161

9


A c c e s s o r i e s

Display unit with temperature sensor inputs

• Built-in setpoint adjustment

Display unit showing the current temperature. Three inputs make it possible to connect up to three temperature sensors, for example a main sensor, a frost protection sensor and a min./max. limit sensor. Built-in setpoint adjustment. The unit can be used independently, connected directly to a temperature sensor, or together with an electronic thermostat or a controller. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±10 %, 5 VA

Sensor inputs

Three inputs for NTC-sensors

Temperature range*

0...60, 20...50, 40...70, 60...90°C

Channel 1

0...30, 20...50, 40...70, 60...90°C

Channel 2

0...60, -30...+30°C

Channel 3

0...30, 20...50, 40...70, 60...90°C

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Display unit with temperature sensor inputs

DSP24N3/D

* The temperature range is chosen by selecting an NTC temperature sensor with the corresponding measuring range.

Page 162

Chapter 9


A c c e s s o r i e s

Step controllers Step controller, 1- or 2-stage

• Individually settable on/off levels

Step controllers suitable for heating/cooling or alarm applications. Convert a 0...10 V DC input signal to a relay output. The controllers are suitable for DIN-rail or cabinet mounting and have adjustable switching points. SC2/D can be set to either binary or sequential control. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC, 2 VA

Output

SC1/D: One relay, change-over, 10 A, 250 V AC SC2/D: Two relays, closing, 10 A, 250 V AC

Input signal

0...10 V DC

Settings

0...10 V DC

Step differential (SC2/D)

0...2 V DC

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Step controller with 1 relay (change-over)

SC1/D

Step controller with 2 relays (closing)

SC2/D

Step controller, 4- or 6-stage

• Can be set to sequential or binary control • Settable limit for the number of steps

Controllers intended for control of electric heating coils, four or six relays. The controller can be set to sequential or binary control. It can be used together with any controller with 0...10 V DC or 10...2 V DC output signal. The required number of steps is set by means of the rotating switch on the front. The 0...10 V DC input signal is divided up into the number of steps, thus setting the switch-on point for each step. Relay 6 on TT-S6/D can be used as a time-lag relay to delay shut-off of the fan when shutting down the system (3 min. delay). The step controllers also have an analogue output (0…10 V) for control of an electric heating controller (TTC or similar) to give proportional heating between steps. Technical data

Chapter 9

Supply voltage

24 V AC, 6 VA

Outputs

4 alt. 6 relays (closing), binary or sequential control TT-S4/D: 2 A, 240 V AC TT-S6/D: 2 A, 250 V AC

Input signal

0...10 V DC

Output signal

0...10 V DC

Run-on time (TT-S6/D)

3 min.

Mounting

DIN-rail, 6 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Step controller with 4 relays

TT-S4/D

Step controller with 6 relays

TT-S6/D

Page 163

9


A c c e s s o r i e s

Relay module, RM6

• Manual/auto switches • Six relays

Relay module intended for use together with Regin’s Corrigo E / EXOcompact controllers. The relay module can be used for control of objects with higher voltage loads or larger current drain than the Corrigo E / EXOcompact outputs can handle. RM6H-24/D has manual switches for manual control of each object. RM6-24/D

RM6H-24/D

Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC ±15 %, 5 VA

Inputs

Six 24 V AC

Output

Six potential-free change-over contacts, 230 V AC, 10 A

Mounting

DIN-rail, 6 modules (105 x 112 x 58)

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Relay module

RM6-24/D

Relay module with manual switches

RM6H-24/D

Frost protection unit

• Two alarm relays • Manual or automatic reset

The electronic frost protection unit FV1/D is mainly intended for use in air handling systems. If the temperature falls below the setpoint, the relays will fall and an alarm LED lights up. The unit should be connected to a Regin NTC sensor placed on the heating coil or return water pipe. The sensor must have 0...30°C temperature range, suitable sensors are TG-A130 and TG-B130 from Regin. When there is frost risk, FV1/D has a 0...10 V DC control output that can be used to override the valve. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC

Power consumption

2 VA

Setpoint

0...15°C

P-band, control signal override

5 K (fixed)

Inputs Sensor input

One, 0...30°C (NTC sensor)

Control signal

0...10 V DC (from the controller)

Outputs

Page 164

Relays

24 V AC, 1 A, change-over and 230 V AC, 1 A, breaking contact

Output signal (Y1)

0...10 V DC

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Frost protection unit (delivered without a sensor)

FV1/D

Chapter 9


A c c e s s o r i e s

Signal converter

• Both outputs can be used simultaneously • No settings necessary

Signal converter which selects the highest and lowest signal of up to six connected inputs and transforms them into two separate max. and min. output signals. If fewer than six inputs are used, unused inputs are left open. Both outputs can be used simultaneously. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC, 3 VA

Input signal

Six, 0...10 V DC

Output signal

One max. signal 0...10 V DC and one min. signal 0...10 V DC

Accuracy

±3 % of the input signal

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Signal converter

MM6-24/D

Rotation sentinel SPINN/D is an electronic rotation sentinel, primarily intended for supervision of rotating heat-exchanger wheels. It has a change-over alarm relay and a function for blocking the alarm output at intentional stops. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC, 5 VA

Alarm relay

5 A, 250 V AC, change-over

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

9

Description

Type

Rotation sentinel

SPINN/D

Sensor including magnet

RR-G3

Accessories

Type

Extra magnet

MAGNET-424

Transient protection for RS485 (EXOline) and hlEXOline DIN-rail mounting.

Chapter 9

Description

Type

Transient protection

X1804

Page 165


A c c e s s o r i e s

Relay modules, KRDC and KRAC Relay modules with potential-free high load change-over contact. The modules operate with a voltage of 24 V AC, 24 V DC or 230 V AC. Up to three relay modules can be used with each DDC-Regel UNIT if the number of existing switch outputs needs to be increased. KRDC24-2WAU and KRAC24-2WAU are especially suitable for switching of M-sensors. All three relay modules have secure isolation according to DIN VDE 0106-101 and DIN VDE 0160. Technical data Supply voltage

250 V AC

Nominal current

8A

Ambient temperature

-40...+70°C

Mounting

On DIN-rail 35 mm

Dimensions (WxHxD)

15.6 x 61 x 75 mm

Protection class

IP20

Change-over relays

2

Description

Output

LED

On/off auto switch

Type

Relay module, suitable for DDC technology

24 V DC

Yes

Yes

KRDC24-2WAU

Relay module, suitable for DDC technology

24 V AC

Yes

Yes

KRAC24-2WAU

Relay module

230 V AC

Yes

Yes

KRAC230-2W

Power supply units Power supply unit 230 V AC / 24 V DC, stabilised.

Page 166

Description

Max. current

Mounting

Type

Power supply unit

0.6 A

DIN-rail or panel

X1111

Power supply unit

2.1 A

DIN-rail

X1312

Power supply unit

4.2 A

DIN-rail

X1314

Chapter 9


A c c e s s o r i e s

Transformers TRAFO15/D transformer With built-in thermal overload-limiting device. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC

Output voltage

24 V AC

Max. load

15 VA

Mounting

DIN-rail, 3 modules

Protection class

IP20

Description

Type

Transformer

TRAFO15/D

TRAFO40/D transformer With built-in PTC fuse. Overload and short-circuit proof. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC

Output voltage

12 V AC and 24 V AC

Max. load

40 VA

Dimensions (WxHxD)

71 x 85 x 63 mm

Mounting

DIN-rail, 4 modules

Protection class

IP44

9

Description

Type

Transformer

TRAFO40/D

TRAFO60 transformer With replaceable fuses on both poles of the secondary side. Protection class IP44. Technical data

Chapter 9

Supply voltage

230 V AC

Output voltage

24 V AC

Max. load

60 VA

Dimensions (WxHxD)

73 x 124 x 61 mm

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP44

Description

Type

Transformer

TRAFO60

Page 167


A c c e s s o r i e s

TRAFO75S transformer With replaceable fuses on both poles of the secondary side. Delivered with pre-installed wire and plug. Technical data

Page 168

Supply voltage

230 V AC

Output voltage

24 V AC

Max. load

75 VA

Dimensions (WxHxD)

81 x 110 x 80 mm

Mounting

Wall

Protection class

IP23

Description

Type

Transformer with pre-installed wire and plug

TRAFO75S

Chapter 9 


A c c e s s o r i e s

Miscellaneous accessories Plastic casing Plastic casings with transparent lid for DIN-rail mounting. Protection class IP65. Description

Width

Modules

Type

Casing IP65

54 mm

3

EK54

Casing IP65

108 mm

6

EK108

Casing IP65

216 mm

12

EK216

Casing IP65

324 mm

18

EK324

Front mounting kit For front mounting of controllers and displays as well as other Regin products intended for DIN-rail mounting. Including DIN-rail, nuts and bolts. Protection class IP55. Room for four small or two large Regin products (12 modules). Description

Type

Front mounting kit

FMK2

9

Front mounting kit for EXOcompact, Corrigo E and Optigo Mounting kit for easier mounting of EXOcompact, Corrigo E and Optigo in a control panel or cabinet door. Protection class IP40. Description

Type

Front mounting kit, room for one EXOcompact/Corrigo E unit

FMCE

Front mounting kit, room for one Optigo unit

FMCO

Plug-in terminal blocks for EXOcompact, Corrigo E and Optigo A set of angled plug-in terminal blocks for simple wiring of EXOcompact, Corrigo E and Optigo when using the front mounting kits FMCE and FMCO. The terminal blocks enable easy access to the clamping screws even after cabinet mounting. Description

Type

Plug-in terminal blocks for EXOcompact/Optigo/Corrigo E

PLTCE

Cooling spray For control of frost protection. Cools down to -50째C.

Chapter 9

Description

Type

Cooling spray, 200 ml

CS-260

Page 169


A c c e s s o r i e s

Page 170

Chapter 9 


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

C hapt er 10

Valves and valve actuators Valve actuators Regin offers everything from small-sized thermal actuators to microprocessorcontrolled actuators for control valves. Valves Regin has a broad range of 2- and 3-way valves in sizes from kvs 0.25 to 310. There are various models, from small zone valves to flanged district heating valves.

Chapter 10

Page 171


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Valves and actuators for energy-efficient systems With a tradition in the valve industry that extends back to the 1920s, Osby Armatur (OAB) is a strong brand within valve technology. This tradition and expertise lives on at our production site in Osby. There we develop, install and test our valves whereas the production of our components is contracted out.

Energy efficient systems put great demands on valve characteristics The precision and performance of valves are decisive factors in creating an energy-efficient system. Therefore, Regin’s production centre in Osby places great emphasis on developing high control precision and fully sealed valves. Being a front-runner in the valve industry, Regin can now offer three new series of valves. All of them were developed using new technology making them all bubble tight when closed, which minimizes energy losses. The valves are available in dimensions up to DN 150. Gradually, this technology will be applied to other series of valves, as well.

Save energy using Regin OAB-valves In most systems for comfort and hot water production, the valves are over-dimensioned*, especially in older installations. Traditionally, valves were selected to tolerate the most extreme conditions in order to be on the safe side. As a result, the valves were over-sized in normal operating conditions and only a part of their stroke was being used. By installing a valve with the correct Kvs value, high control precision and valve authority and more stable control are achieved, as well as a more energy efficient operation. If you choose an OABvalve from the Regin product series you will both minimise energy costs and save the environment.

Regin’s valves are marketed under the name OAB; a brand which stands for high quality performance.

* Source: ”Marginaler i Fjärrvärmesystem”, Forskning och Utveckling 2003:85 and ”Konsekvenser av mindre styrventiler i distributionsnät”, Forskning och Utveckling 2004:105

Page 172

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

The FRS valves’ dimensions, turnable flange connections and pre-mounted flange seals make installation quick and easy.

10

Regin Ready-Steady-Go valves

Complete solutions – valve with actuator

We at Regin want to make installation easy for you. We call it Ready-Steady-Go. A good example is our FRS valve, which is a replacement for older STL valves (TA valves). The FRS valve has high control precision and is fully sealed when closed. Installation is facilitated by measurements designed for installing between flanges, turnable flange connections and pre-mounted flange seals.

Regin can also offer you the actuators you need. If you want to use other actuator brands, we have a complete collection of suitable adapters.

Valves for Honeywell actuators If you use Honeywell actuators, we have a special series of valves that are designed to fit the actuators.

Regin’s valve calculator simplifies the selection of the right valve for the application - eliminating the risk of over-dimensioning.

Chapter 10

Page 173


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Radiators, underfloor heating, fan-coil, chilled ceilings and ventilation systems VHR

RTAM – Thermal actuator

2-way Kvs: DN:

0.7 – 1.5 10 – 25

FVR adjustable 0.01...1.1 10 – 20

Adapters for valves of different brands: TA, Oventrop, Cazzaniga, MMA, Danfoss. Heimeier

ZTV/ZTR

RVAZ

2-way and 3-way valves

Supply voltage: Control signal: Force:

For individual room control and for example control of baffles/batteries, hot/cold water, fan convectors, and after-heaters/after-coolers Kvs: DN:

24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC On/off or 0…10 V 100N

Adapters

2-way Kvs: DN:

Supply voltage: Control signal: Force:

24 V AC/DC 3-point or 0…10 V 400N

0.25 – 6.3 15 – 20

Valve with actuator DFCM 2-way and 3-way valves Kvs: DN: Supply voltage: Control signal:

3.2 – 5.7 15 – 25 230V AC On/off

Heating, cooling and ventilation systems, cold/hot and steam RVA5

BTV/BTR 2-way and 3-way valves Kvs: DN:

0.63 – 39 15 – 50

Control signal: 3-point or 0…10V Force: 500N Stroke time:

60 s

MRT For hot and cold water 2-way Kvs: DN:

0.6 – 4.0 20 – 25

With outside thread

GTVS

RVA

For hot and cold water, district heating systems, cooling systems and steam

Control signal: 3-point or 0…10V

2-way

Force: RVA5 RVA10 RVA18 RVA25

Kvs: DN:

27 – 310 40 – 150

GTRS

500N 1000N 1800N 2500N

For hot and cold water, district heating systems, cooling systems and steam 3-way Kvs: DN:

27 – 310 40 – 150

Domestic hot water MTRS

RVAF5

3-way valves Kvs: DN:

Page 174

0.63 – 39 15 – 50

Control signal: 3-point or 0…10V Force: 500N Stroke time: 30 s

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Valves and actuators for district heating and cooling NTVS*

RVA

For hot and cold water, district heating systems, cooling systems and steam

Control signal: 3-point or 0…10V

2-way

Force: RVA5 RVA10 RVA18 RVA25

Kvs: DN:

0.4 – 310 15 – 150

500N 1000N 1800N 2500N

2SAS, 2SBS For hot and cold water -5°C to +140°C (is also available for higher temp) 2-way Kvs: DN: Temp area:

0.63 – 160 15 – 100 -5°C – +140°C

FRS/FRSD* For hot and cold water (is also available for higher temp) 2-way Kvs: DN: Temp area:

0.6 – 20 15 – 65 -5°C – 150°C

(Replaces TA´s STL valves)

For heating and ventilation systems (adjusted to Honeywell actuators) V538 C3

V 538 C6 flanged

3-way

3-way

For heating and ventilation systems

For hot/cold water systems and steam

Kvs: DN: Temp area:

Kvs: DN: Temp area:

2.1 – 34 15 – 50 -5°C – 185°C

34 – 310 50 – 150 -5°C – 120°C

For district heating (adjusted to Honeywell actuators) V 176 A 2-way For hot/cold water systems and steam Kvs: DN: Temp area:

0.4 – 160 15 – 100 -5°C – 185°C

Adapter kits For adaption of Regin's valves to actuators from Belimo, TAC Forta, Siemens and Controlli. Adapter and stem extension included.

Spindle heater Protects the spindle against freezing. Intended for STV/STR, MMV/MMR, GTRS, GTVS, 2SAS/2SBS NTVS, MRT and FRS

Intended for NTVS/GTRS/GTVS, 2SAS/2SBS, MTVS/MTRS, MRT and FRS.

*DIN Standard

Chapter 10

Page 175

10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Cooling ceiling/ cooling baffles VHR valve RTAM… actuator

Ventilation system ZTR zone valve MRT… valve BTV valve RVA5… actuator

Fan-coil unit heating/cooling VHR valve RTAM… actuator

Radiators

FVR valve RTAM… actuator

Domestic hot water MTRS valve RVA actuator

Page 176

Heating

GTVS valve RVA actuator

District heating

District cooling

NTVS valve 2SAS valve 2SBS valve FRS valve RVA actuator

NTVS valve 2SAS valve 2SBS valve FRS valve RVA actuator

Cooling system GTVS valve RVA actuator

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Thermal actuators and valves Thermal actuator

• 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC • Position indicator

Thermal actuators designed for the FVR and VHR valve ranges. Suitable for radiator circuits, solar heating systems, heating or cooling coils, floor heating etc. The VA54 adapter is included on delivery. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC

Control signal

On/off, 0...10 V DC

Power consumption

24 V AC/DC, 2 VA, start-up 250 mA or 230 V AC, 2 VA, start-up 300 mA

Closing/opening time

Approx. 3 min

Force

100 Nm

Stroke

4 mm

Ambient temperature

0...60°C

Cable length

2m

Protection class

IP54

Description

Supply voltage

Control signal

Type

Thermal actuator

24 V AC/DC

On/off, NC

RTAM-24

24 V AC/DC

On/off, NO

RTAOM-24

230 V AC

On/off, NC

RTAM-230

230 V AC/DC

On/off, NO

RTAOM-230

24 V AC

2...10 V DC, NC

RTAM-24A

10 2-way valve,VHR 2-way zone valve intended to be used together with the RTA actuators. Technical data

Chapter 10

Fluid temperature

-20...+100°C

Max. diff. pressure

0.08 MPa

Max. closing pressure

VHR10 and VHR15: 0.25 MPa VHR25: 0.05 MPa

Stroke

1.7 mm

Pressure rating

PN10

Description

Connection

Kvs

Type

2-way valve

3/8’’ (DN10)

0.7

VHR10

1/2’’ (DN15)

0.7

VHR15

1’’ (DN25)

1.5

VHR25

Page 177


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

2-way valve, FVR 2-way zone valve intended to be used together with the RTA actuators. Adjustable kvs-value. Technical data

Page 178

Fluid temperature

2...90°C

Kvs

FVR10 and FVR15: 0.01...0.9 FVR20: 0.01...1.1

Stroke

1.7 mm

Max. differential pressure

0.15 MPa

Pressure rating

PN10

Description

Connection

Type

2-way valve

3/8’ (‘DN10)

FVR10

1/2’’ (DN15)

FVR15

3/4’’ (DN20)

FVR20

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Accessories for thermal actuators and valves Adapter for the RTA actuators Adapters for adjusting the RTA actuators to valves of other brands. Valve supplier

Dimensions

Colour

Type

TA

M28 x 1.5

Green

VA32

TA

M30 x 1.5

White/grey

VA80

Oventrop

M30 x 1.5

White

VA39

Cazzaniga

M32 x 1.5

Grey

VA44H

Honeywell

M30 x 1.5

Dark grey

VA50

Industriteknik

M30 x 1.5

Grey

VA66

MMA

M28 x 1.5

Dark blue

VA54

Danfoss RAV/L

M30 x 1.5

Light grey

VA59

Danfoss RAV

M30 x 1.5

Light grey

VA72

Danfoss RA

M30 x 1.5

White

VA78

Heimeier

M30 x 1.5

White/grey

VA80

Valve connections (FVR valves) Description

Connection

Type

Tail and nut

3/8’’

4161201

1/2’’

4161202

3/4’’

4161203

3/8’’

4161841

1/2’’

4160801

1’’

4806336

Nut and olive Connection inlet

10

Fitting for valve inlet (FVR valves) Description

Connection

Type

Male nut and olive

3/8’’, K10

4161402

3/8’’, K12

4161403

1/2’’, K10

4161101

1/2’’, K12

4161102

1/2’’, K15

4161103

Pre-set tooling (FVR valves)

Chapter 10

Description

Type

Pre-set tooling (FVR valves)

FV5

Page 179


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Valves and actuators Zone valves, ZTV and ZTR 2- and 3-way valves for control of cold and hot water in climate, heating and ventilation systems. The valves are intended to be used together with the RVAZ4 actuators. Technical data

ZTV

Pressure class

PN16 (1.6 MPa)

Connection

External thread, see the table below

Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Rangeability

50:1

Stroke

5.5 mm

Leakage

0 % in closed position

Media

Hot or cold water. Also cryogenic agents with glycol (max. 30 %).

Media temperature

1...110°C

Material

ZTR

Page 180

Body

Brass

Spindle

Stainless steel

Seat

Brass

Packing

EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Max. diff. pressure

Type

2-way valve

DN15

0.25

350 kPa

ZTV15-0,25

2-way valve

DN15

0.4

350 kPa

ZTV15-0,4

2-way valve

DN15

0.6

350 kPa

ZTV15-0,6

2-way valve

DN15

1.0

350 kPa

ZTV15-1,0

2-way valve

DN15

1.6

350 kPa

ZTV15-1,6

2-way valve

DN20

2.0

250 kPa

ZTV20-2,0

2-way valve

DN20

2.5

250 kPa

ZTV20-2,5

2-way valve

DN20

4.0

150 kPa

ZTV20-4,0

2-way valve

DN20

6.0

150 kPa

ZTV20-6,0

3-way valve

DN15

0.25

350 kPa

ZTR15-0,25

3-way valve

DN15

0.4

350 kPa

ZTR15-0,4

3-way valve

DN15

0.6

350 kPa

ZTR15-0,6

3-way valve

DN15

1.0

350 kPa

ZTR15-1,0

3-way valve

DN15

1.6

350 kPa

ZTR15-1,6

3-way valve

DN20

2.0

250 kPa

ZTR20-2,0

3-way valve

DN20

2.5

250 kPa

ZTR20-2,5

3-way valve

DN20

4.0

100 kPa

ZTR20-4,0

3-way valve

DN20

6.0

100 kPa

ZTR20-6,0

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

BTV valves BTV is a range of 2-way control valves for control of hot, cold or glycol-mixed water or steam in heating and ventilation systems within the temperature range -5...+140째C. The valves from DN20 to DN50 are pressure balanced, which means that they can handle differential pressure with low force. The valves are intended for use together with actuators of the type RVA5... They should not be used in drinking water systems. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Max. diff. pressure

1.6 MPa

Fluid temperature

-5...+140째C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed (max. 50 %) water or steam

Connection

BSP female threaded

Rangeability

100:1

Stroke

20 mm

Pressure rating

PN16

Max. leakage

0.0 % of kvs (PTFE 25 % carbon seal, no leakage)

Material Body

Brass

Plug

Stainless steel

Stem

Stainless steel

Packing box

O-ring EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN15

0.6

RVA5...

BTV15-0,6

DN15

1.0

RVA5...

BTV15-1,0

DN15

1.6

RVA5...

BTV15-1,6

DN15

2.5

RVA5...

BTV15-2,5

DN20

3.9

RVA5...

BTV20-3,9

DN25

6.3

RVA5...

BTV25-6,3

DN25

10

RVA5...

BTV25-10

DN32

10

RVA5...

BTV32-10

DN32

16

RVA5...

BTV32-16

DN40

16

RVA5...

BTV40-16

DN40

27

RVA5...

BTV40-27

DN50

39

RVA5...

BTV50-39

10

Spare parts

Chapter 10

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, O-ring kit for BTV valves from DN15 to DN25

S02420001

Spare parts kit, packing box for BTV valves from DN32 to DN50

S6321457301

Page 181


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

BTR valves BTR is a range of 3-way control valves for control of hot, cold or glycol-mixed water or steam in heating and ventilation systems within the temperature range -5...+140°C. The valves from DN20 to DN50 are pressure balanced, which means that they can handle differential pressure with low force. The valves can be used as mixing valves and are intended for use together with actuators of the type RVA5... They should not be used in drinking water systems. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed (max. 50 %) water or steam

Connection

BSP female threaded

Rangeability

100:1

Stroke

20 mm

Pressure rating

PN16

Max. leakage

0.1 % of kvs

Material Body

Rg5 (gun metal SS 5204)

Plug

Rg5 (gun metal SS 5204)

Stem

Stainless steel

Packing box

O-ring EPDM

Description

Connection

Max. diff. pressure

Kvs

Actuator

Type

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

0.63

RVA5...

BTR15-0,63

DN15

1.6 MPa

1.0

RVA5...

BTR15-1,0

DN15

1.6 MPa

1.6

RVA5...

BTR15-1,6

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.1

RVA5...

BTR15-2,1

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.7

RVA5...

BTR15-2,7

DN20

1.6 MPa

4.2

RVA5...

BTR20-4,2

DN20

1.6 MPa

5.6

RVA5...

BTR20-5,6

DN25

1.6 MPa

10

RVA5...

BTR25-10

DN32

1.0 MPa

16

RVA5...

BTR32-16

DN40

0.8 MPa

27

RVA5...

BTR40-27

DN50

0.5 MPa

39

RVA5...

BTR50-39

Spare parts

Page 182

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the BTR valves

S6321457301

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

MRT valves The MRT valves are intended for cold and hot water in heating and ventilation systems within a temperature range of -5...+140°C. They should be used together with the RVA5... actuators. Adapters are also available for adaptation to actuators of other brands. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Max. differential pressure

1.6 MPa

Stroke

20 mm

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Connection

Male threaded

Rangeability

100:1

Max. leakage

0.0 % of kvs (PTFE 25 % carbon seal, no leakage)

Pressure rating

PN16

Material Body

Bronze SS5204

Plug and seat

Stainless steel

Stem

Stainless steel

O-rings

EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN20

0.6

RVA5...

MRT20-0,6

DN20

1.0

RVA5...

MRT20-1,0

DN20

1.6

RVA5...

MRT20-1,6

DN20

2.5

RVA5...

MRT20-2,5

DN20

4.0

RVA5...

MRT20-4,0

DN25

0.6

RVA5...

MRT25-0,6

DN25

1.0

RVA5...

MRT25-1,0

DN25

1.6

RVA5...

MRT25-1,6

DN25

2.5

RVA5...

MRT25-2,5

DN25

4.0

RVA5...

MRT25-4,0

10

Valve connectors Description

Connection

Type

Nut and threaded socket

DN20 - G1/2”

MRTK-20

Nut and threaded socket

DN25 - G3/4”

MRTK-25

Spare parts

Chapter 10

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the MRT valves

S6321457301

Page 183


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

MTVS and MTRS valves The MTVS and MTRS valves are intended for use in domestic hot water systems together with the RVA5... actuators. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed (max. 50 %) water or steam

Connection

BSP female threaded

Rangeability

100:1

Stroke

20 mm

Pressure rating

PN16

Material Body

Rg5 (gun metal SS 5204)

Plug

Rg5 (gun metal SS 5204)

Stem

Stainless steel

Packing box

Auto adjusted, teflon (O-ring EPDM)

Description

Connection

Max. diff. pressure

Kvs

Actuator

Type MTVS15-0,63

2-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

0.63

RVA5...

2-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

1.0

RVA5...

MTVS15-1,0

2-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

1.6

RVA5...

MTVS15-1,6

2-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.1

RVA5...

MTVS15-2,1

2-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.7

RVA5...

MTVS15-2,7

2-way valve

DN20

1.6 MPa

4.2

RVA5...

MTVS20-4,2

2-way valve

DN20

1.6 MPa

5.6

RVA5...

MTVS20-5,6 MTVS25-10

2-way valve

DN25

1.6 MPa

10

RVA5...

2-way valve

DN32

1.0 MPa

16

RVA5...

MTVS32-16

2-way valve

DN40

0.8 MPa

27

RVA5...

MTVS40-27

2-way valve

DN50

0.5 MPa

39

RVA5...

MTVS50-39 MTRS15-0,63

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

0.63

RVA5...

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

1.0

RVA5...

MTRS15-1,0

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

1.6

RVA5...

MTRS15-1,6

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.1

RVA5...

MTRS15-2,1

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.7

RVA5...

MTRS15-2,7

3-way valve

DN20

1.6 MPa

4.2

RVA5...

MTRS20-4,2

3-way valve

DN20

1.6 MPa

5.6

RVA5...

MTRS20-5,6 MTRS25-10

3-way valve

DN25

1.6 MPa

10

RVA5...

3-way valve

DN32

1.0 MPa

16

RVA5...

MTRS32-16

3-way valve

DN40

0.8 MPa

27

RVA5...

MTRS40-27

3-way valve

DN50

0.5 MPa

39

RVA5...

MTRS50-39

Spare parts

Page 184

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the MTVS and MTRS valves

S0603080300

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Valve with actuator, DFCM

• Detachable actuator with spring return

The DFCM fan-coil valves are intended for on/off control of hot or cold water in heating and cooling systems. The actuator has a synchronous motor and is equipped with a spring return mechanism. The actuator is detachable from the valve. Technical data Supply voltage

230 V AC

Control signal

On/off

Opening time

9...11 s

Closing time, spring

4...5 s

Fluid temperature

-10...+94°C

Pressure rating

PN16

Connection

BSP female threaded

Body material, valve

Forged brass

Housing material

Plastic (EFCM, steel)

Protection class

IP44

Description

Connection

Kvs

Max. diff. pressure

Type

2-way

DN15

3.2

0.2 MPa

DFCM-215X

2-way

DN20

4.6

0.15 MPa

DFCM-220X

2-way

DN25

5.7

0.1 MPa

DFCM-225X

2-way

DN32

10

0.08 MPa

DFCM-232X

3-way

DN15

3.2

0.15 MPa

DFCM-315X

3-way

DN20

4.6

0.1 MPa

DFCM-320X

3-way

DN25

5.7

0.1 MPa

DFCM-325X

3-way

DN32

8.4

0.08 MPa

DFCM-332X

10

Valve actuator for 0...10 V or 3-position control The valve actuators in the RVAZ4 range are intended for use together with Regin’s zone valves ZTV and ZTR. They are easy to mount and have a clear position indication which shows the position of the actuator. The actuator has manual manoeuvring. Technical data

Chapter 10

Power consumption

Max. 6 watts

Stroke

5.5 mm

Force

400 N

Ambient temperature

0…50°C

Media temperature

1...110°C

Storage temperature

-10…+80°C

Ambient humidity

Max. 95 % RH

Protection class

IP44

Description

Supply voltage

Control signal

Stroke time

Type

Valve actuator

24 V AC ±15 %

3-position

121 s

RVAZ4-24

24 V AC ±15 %

0...10 V DC

30 s

RVAZ4-24A

Page 185


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Valve actuator, 24 V AC supply voltage RVA are valve actuators available in models with a force of 500, 1000, 1800 or 2500 N and 3-point or 0(2)...10 V control signal. The actuators can be operated manually with the manual override mechanism on the lid. Technical data

RVA5, RVA10

Supply voltage

24 V AC

Ambient temperature

0...50ºC

Ambient humidity

10...90 % RH

Protection class

IP54

Description

Force

Control signal

Stroke

Stroke time

Power consumption

Automatic self stroke adjustment

Type

Valve actuator

500 N

3-point

10...30 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 4.5 VA

-

RVA5-24

500 N

0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

10...30 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 4.5 VA

Yes

RVA5-24A

500 N

0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

10...30 mm

1.5 s/mm

Max. 4.5 VA

Yes

RVAF5-24A

1000 N

3-point

10...30 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 6 VA

-

RVA10-24

1000 N

0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

10...30 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 6 VA

Yes

RVA10-24A

RVA18, RVA25

1800 N

3-point

10...52 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 8VA

-

RVA18-24

1800 N

0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

10...52 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 8VA

Yes

RVA18-24A

2500 N

3-point

10...52 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 12 VA

-

RVA25-24

2500 N

0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

10...52 mm

3 s/mm

Max. 12 VA

Yes

RVA25-24A

Valve actuator for MMV and MMR valves, 500 N The RVAR5 valve actuators are intended for control of Regin’s former MMV and MMR valves. Technical data

Page 186

Supply voltage

24 V AC

Force

500 N

Control signal

3-point, 0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

Power consumption

Max. 4.5 VA

Stroke

20 mm fixed, 10...30 mm, self stroke adjustment (for analogue output only)

Stroke time

1 s/mm

Protection class

IP54

Description

Control signal

Type

Valve actuator

3-point

RVAR5-24

0...10 V DC or 2...10 V DC

RVAR5-24A

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Valve actuator, 230 V AC supply voltage The HM... valve actuators are available in various sizes and designs. They have a force of 600, 900, 1500 or 2500 N and are controlled via a 3-point signal. The supply voltage is 230 V AC. The actuator HM2250XRP/W also has end point and auxiliary switches with feedback potentiometer.

HM2060X

The actuators can be used directly with Hora valves or, using adapter OVA-RS1 or OVA-RS2, with Regin valves. Technical data

HM2090X, HM1150X, HM2250X, HM2250XRP/W

Supply voltage

230 V AC - 10 % + 6 %

Control signal

3-point

Auxiliary switches (only HM2250XRP/W)

2 A / 250 V AC ohm load (2 switches) 0.5 A / 250 V AC inductive load

Feedback potentiometer (only HM2250XRP/W)

10 kOhm, capacity 1.5 W

Protection class

IP54

Description

Power consumption

Force

Stroke

Stroke time

Runtime

Type

Valve actuator

5.5 VA

600 N

21 mm

8 s/mm

120 s

HM2060X

4.8 VA

900 N

30 + 3 mm*

8 s/mm

-

HM2090X

10.4 VA

1500 N

30 + 3 mm

4 s/mm

-

HM1150X

10.4 VA

2500 N

30 + 3 mm*

8 s/mm

-

HM2250X

10.4 VA

2500 N

30 + 3 mm*

8 s/mm

-

HM2250XRP/W

Valve actuator with auxiliary switches and feedback potentiometer

* In combination with feedback potentiometer, the range can also be limited to 15Âą1 mm or 20Âą1 mm

10

Chapter 10

Page 187


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Flanged valves and actuators Flanged valves for hot and cold water, GTVS and GTRS The valves can be changed from 2-way to 3-way and vice versa without dismantling. Technical data

2-way

Flow characteristics

Square

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Fluid temperature

-5...+120°C

Max. leakage

0.1 % of kvs

Rangeability

50:1

Pressure rating

PN16

Material

3-way

Body

Cast iron SS 0120

Plug and seat

Gun metal SS 5204

Stem and cone

Stainless steel SS 2346

Packing box

Self-adjusting teflon

O-ring

EPDM

Bonnet

Brass SS 5170

Seal flange

Steel SS 2172

Description

Connection

Kvs

Max. diff. pressure

Stroke

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN32

16

1.6 MPa

20 mm

RVA10

GTVS32-16

2-way valve

DN40

27

0.65 MPa

20 mm

RVA10

GTVS40-27

2-way valve

DN50

39

1 MPa

37 mm

RVA18

GTVS50-39

2-way valve

DN65

63

0.6 MPa

24 mm

RVA18

GTVS65-63

2-way valve

DN80

100

0.4 MPa

36 mm

RVA18

GTVS80-100

2-way valve

DN100

160

0.25 MPa

36 mm

RVA18

GTVS100-160

2-way valve

DN125

215

0.16 MPa

40 mm

RVA25

GTVS125-215

2-way valve

DN150

310

0.11 MPa

40 mm

RVA25

GTVS150-310

3-way valve

DN32

16

1.6 MPa

20 mm

RVA10

GTRS32-16

3-way valve

DN40

27

0.65 MPa

20 mm

RVA10

GTRS40-27

3-way valve

DN50

39

1 MPa

37 mm

RVA18

GTRS50-39

3-way valve

DN65

63

0.6 MPa

24 mm

RVA18

GTRS65-63

3-way valve

DN80

100

0.4 MPa

36 mm

RVA18

GTRS80-100

3-way valve

DN100

160

0.25 MPa

36 mm

RVA18

GTRS100-160

3-way valve

DN125

215

0.16 MPa

40 mm

RVA25

GTRS125-215

3-way valve

DN150

310

0.11 MPa

40 mm

RVA25

GTRS150-310

The valves are available in other materials with temperature range up to 185°C on request.

Spare parts

Page 188

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the GTVS and GTRS valves

S0603080300

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

DIN-standard valve, NTVS The NTVS series is intended to control hot and cold water, glycol-mixed water, steam and district heating within the temperature range -5...+140째C. The valves from DN20 to DN150 are pressure balanced, which means that they can handle differential pressure with low force. The valve has a soft seal between cone and seat, which makes it completely tight. It has a self-adjusting packing box in teflon and an O-ring in EPDM. The NTVS valves meet the requirements of DIN-standard DIN 3202/F1 and ISO 5752 table 1. With very high pressure and flow speed it is necessary to use a metal packing. Use the extra letter M at the end of the reference type when ordering a valve with metal packing, for example NTVS50-27M instead of the usual NTVS50-27. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Max. differential pressure

1.6 MPa

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Fluid temperature

-5...+140째C

Connection

Flanges according to SS 335 table 6

Max. leakage

0.00 % of kvs

Rangeability

100:1

Pressure rating

PN16

Material

Chapter 10

Body

Nodular cast iron SS 0727

Plug and seat

Stainless steel SS 2333

Stem

Stainless steel SS 2346

Cone

Gun metal/Stainless steel

Packing box

Self-adjusting teflon

O-ring and piston ring

EPDM

Bonnet

Brass SS 5170

Seal flange

Steel SS 2172

Soft seal

PTFE 25 % carbon seal

10

Page 189


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Description

Connection

Kvs

Stroke

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN15

0.4

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS15-0,4

DN15

1.0

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS15-1,0

DN15

1.6

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS15-1,6

DN15

2.7

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS15-2,7

DN20

0.8

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS20-0,8

DN20

1.6

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS20-1,6

DN20

2.7

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS20-2,7

DN20

3.9

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS20-3,9

DN20

6.3

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS20-6,3

DN25

1.6

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS25-1,6

DN25

2.5

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS25-2,5

DN25

4

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS25-4,0

DN25

6.3

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS25-6,3

DN25

10

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS25-10

DN32

4

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS32-4,0

DN32

6.3

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS32-6,3

DN32

10

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS32-10

DN32

16

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS32-16

DN40

6.3

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS40-6,3

DN40

10

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS40-10

DN40

16

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS40-16

DN40

27

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS40-27

DN50

6.3

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS50-6,3

DN50

10

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS50-10

DN50

16

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS50-16

DN50

27

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS50-27

DN50

39

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS50-39

DN65

16

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS65-16

DN65

27

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS65-27

DN65

39

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS65-39

DN65

63

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS65-63

DN80

100

20 mm

RVA5...

NTVS80-100

DN100

160

38 mm

RVA18...

NTVS100-160

DN125

215

40 mm

RVA25...

NTVS125-215

DN150

310

40 mm

RVA25...

NTVS150-310

Spare parts

Page 190

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the NTVS valves

S0603080300

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

District heating valves, 2SAS and 2SBS Flanged valves for heating, district heating and air handling systems. The valves from DN20 to DN100 are pressure balanced, which means that they can handle differential pressure with low force. The valves are intended for use together with Regin’s RVA actuators. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Max. differential pressure

1.6 MPa

Stroke

20 mm 2SBS100-160: 38 mm

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Rangeability

50:1

Max. leakage

0.1 % of kvs

Pressure rating

PN16

Material Body

Nodular cast iron SS 0727

Cone, seat and lining

Stainless steel SS 2333

Stem

Stainless steel SS 2346

Packing box

Self-adjusting teflon

O-rings

EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN15

0.63

RVA5

2SAS15-0,63

DN15

1.0

RVA5

2SAS15-1,0

DN15

1.6

RVA5

2SAS15-1,6

DN15

2.7

RVA5

2SAS15-2.7

DN20

3.9

RVA5

2SBS20-3,9

DN20

6.3

RVA5

2SBS20-6,3

DN25

10

RVA5

2SBS25-10

DN32

16

RVA5

2SBS32-16

DN40

27

RVA5

2SBS40-27

DN50

39

RVA5

2SBS50-39

DN65

63

RVA5

2SBS65-63

DN80

100

RVA5

2SBS80-100

DN100

160

RVA18

2SBS100-160

10

Spare parts

Chapter 10

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the 2SAS and 2SBS valves

S0603080300

Page 191


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

District heating valve, FRS Flanged valves for heating, district heating and air handling systems. The valves are intended for use together with Regin’s RVA actuators. Adapters are also available for adaptation to actuators of other brands. The valves are mainly intended for district heating and were primarily developed to replace the TAC valve STL. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Max. differential pressure

1.6 MPa

Stroke

20 mm

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C (for higher temperatures, please contact Regin)

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Connection

Flanges according to ISO 7005-2

Rangeability

100:1

Max. leakage

0.0 % of kvs (PTFE 25 % carbon seal, no leakage)

Pressure rating

PN16

Material Body

Bronze SS5204

Plug and seat

Stainless steel

Stem

Stainless steel

O-rings

EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Actuator

Type

Description

Connection

Kvs

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN15

0.6

RVA5...

FRS15-0,6

2-way valve

DN32

0.6

RVA5...

FRS32-0,6

DN15

1.0

RVA5...

FRS15-1,0

DN32

1.0

RVA5...

FRS32-1,0

DN15

1.6

RVA5...

FRS15-1,6

DN32

1.6

RVA5...

FRS32-1,6

DN15

2.5

RVA5...

FRS15-2,5

DN32

2.5

RVA5...

FRS32-2,5

DN20

0.6

RVA5...

FRS20-0,6

DN32

4.0

RVA5...

FRS32-4,0

DN20

1.0

RVA5...

FRS20-1,0

DN40

0.6

RVA5...

FRS40-0,6

DN20

1.6

RVA5...

FRS20-1,6

DN40

1.0

RVA5...

FRS40-1,0

DN20

2.5

RVA5...

FRS20-2,5

DN40

1.6

RVA5...

FRS40-1,6

DN20

4.0

RVA5...

FRS20-4,0

DN40

2.5

RVA5...

FRS40-2,5

DN25

0.6

RVA5...

FRS25-0,6

DN40

4.0

RVA5...

FRS40-4,0

DN25

1.0

RVA5...

FRS25-1,0

DN50

6.3

RVA5...

FRS50-6,3

DN25

1.6

RVA5...

FRS25-1,6

DN50

10

RVA18...

FRS50-10

DN25

2.5

RVA5...

FRS25-2,5

DN50

16

RVA18...

FRS50-16

DN25

4.0

RVA5...

FRS25-4,0

DN50

20

RVA18...

FRS50-20

DN65

6.3

RVA5...

FRS65-6,3

DN65

10

RVA18...

FRS65-10

DN65

16

RVA18...

FRS65-16

DN65

20

RVA18...

FRS65-20

Spare parts

Page 192

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the FRS valves

S6321457301

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

DIN-standard valve for district heating, FRSD Flanged valves for heating, district heating and air handling systems. The valves meet the requirements of DIN-standard DIN 3205/F1 and ISO 5752 table 1. They are intended for use together with Regin’s RVA actuators. Adapters are also available for adaptation to actuators of other brands. Technical data Flow characteristics

Equal percentage

Max. differential pressure

1.6 MPa

Stroke

20 mm

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C (for higher temperatures, please contact Regin)

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Connection

Flanges according to ISO 7005-2

Rangeability

100:1

Max. leakage

0.0 % of kvs (PTFE 25 % carbon seal, no leakage)

Pressure rating

PN16

Material Body

Bronze SS5204

Plug and seat

Stainless steel

Stem

Stainless steel

O-rings

EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Actuator

Type

2-way valve

DN20

0.6

RVA5...

FRSD20-0,6

DN20

1.0

RVA5...

FRSD20-1,0

DN20

1.6

RVA5...

FRSD20-1,6

DN20

2.5

RVA5...

FRSD20-2,5

DN20

4.0

RVA5...

FRSD20-4,0

DN25

0.6

RVA5...

FRSD25-0,6

DN25

1.0

RVA5...

FRSD25-1,0

DN25

1.6

RVA5...

FRSD25-1,6

DN25

2.5

RVA5...

FRSD25-2,5

DN25

4.0

RVA5...

FRSD25-4,0

DN32

0.6

RVA5...

FRSD32-0,6

DN32

1.0

RVA5...

FRSD32-1,0

DN32

1.6

RVA5...

FRSD32-1,6

DN32

2.5

RVA5...

FRSD32-2,5

DN32

4.0

RVA5...

FRSD32-4,0

DN40

0.6

RVA5...

FRSD40-0,6

DN40

1.0

RVA5...

FRSD40-1,0

DN40

1.6

RVA5...

FRSD40-1,6

DN40

2.5

RVA5...

FRSD40-2,5

DN40

4.0

RVA5...

FRSD40-4,0

10

Spare parts

Chapter 10

Description

Type

Spare parts kit, packing box for the FRSD valves

S6321457301

Page 193


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Stem heater Stem heater for applications in cold areas. The heater protects the valve stem from freezing. The stem heater can be used together with the BTV, GTVS/GTRS, 2SAS/2SBS, MTVS/MTRS and FRS valves. Technical data Supply voltage

24 V AC

Power consumption

50 W

Description

Type

Stem heater, freeze protection

STEMHEATER

Valve for Honeywell actuators Valves intended for use in heating and ventilation systems together with Honeywell actuators. Technical data Flow characteristics

Square

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed (max. 50 %) water or steam

Connection

Metric female threaded

Rangeability

50:1

Stroke

20 mm

Pressure rating

PN16

Material

Page 194

Body

Rg5 (gun metal SS 5204)

Plug

Rg5 (gun metal SS 5204)

Stem

Stainless steel

Packing box

Auto adjusted, teflon (O-ring EPDM)

Description

Connection

Max. diff. pressure

Kvs

Art. no.

Type

3-way valve

DN15

1.6 MPa

2.1

V538C3057

29273800159014

DN20

1.6 MPa

4.2

V538C3055

29273800209006

DN25

1.6 MPa

8.6

V538C3156

29273800259000

DN32

1.0 MPa

14

V538C3209

29273800329016

DN40

0.8 MPa

20

V538C3252

29273800409012

DN50

0.5 MPa

34

V538C3301

29273800509013

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Flanged valve for Honeywell actuators Flanged valves intended for continuous control of cold or hot water and steam together with Honeywell actuators. Technical data Flow characteristics

Square

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Fluid temperature

-5...+120째C

Max. leakage

0.1 % of kvs

Rangeability

50:1

Pressure rating

PN16

Material

Chapter 10

Body

Cast iron SS 0120

Plug and seat

Gun metal SS 5204

Stem and cone

Stainless steel SS 2346

Packing box

Self-adjusting teflon

O-ring

EPDM

Bonnet

Brass SS 5170

Seal flange

Steel SS 2172

Description

Connection

Max. diff. pressure

Kvs

Art. no.

Type

3-way valve

DN50

1.0 MPa

34

V538C6304

29563800509013

DN65

0.6 MPa

55

V538C6356

29563800659000

DN80

0.4 MPa

80

V538C6408

29563800809000

DN100

0.25 MPa

130

V538C6459

29563801009000

DN125

0.16 MPa

215

V538C6500

29563801259000

DN150

0.11 MPa

310

V538C6551

29563801509017

Page 195

10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

District heating valve for Honeywell actuators Valves intended for control of cold and hot water within a temperature range of -5...+140°C together with Honeywell actuators. Technical data Flow characteristics

Square

Max. differential pressure

1.6 MPa

Stroke

20 mm V176B5457: 38 mm

Fluid temperature

-5...+140°C

Media

Hot, cold, glycol-mixed water or steam

Rangeability

50:1

Max. leakage

0.1 % of kvs

Pressure rating

PN16

Material

Page 196

Body

Nodular cast iron SS 0727

Cone, seat and lining

Stainless steel SS 2333

Stem

Stainless steel SS 2346

Packing box

Self-adjusting teflon

O-rings

EPDM

Description

Connection

Kvs

Art. no.

Type

2-way valve

DN15

0.4

V176A5051

29617600159000

DN15

0.9

V176A5053

29617600159008

DN15

2.5

V176A5055

29617600159009

DN20

3.5

V176B5102

29617600209000

DN20

5.0

V176B5104

29617600209010

DN25

7.0

V176B5156

29617600259000

DN25

9.0

V176B5158

29617600259011

DN40

14

V176B5257

29617600409000

DN40

20

V176B5259

29617600409012

DN50

25

V176B5300

29617600509000

DN50

34

V176B5302

29617600509013

DN65

63

V176B5353

29617600659000

DN80

100

V176B5405

29617600809000

DN100

160

V176B5457

29617601009000

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Adapter kits Adapter kit for adapting actuators of other brands to Regin’s valves Adapter kits for adaptation of actuators from other suppliers to Regin’s GTVS/GTRS, 2SAS/2SBS, MTVS/MTRS, FRS and NTVS valves. Adapter and stem extension are included in the kit. Actuator supplier

Actuator model

Type

Belimo

NV...

OVA-B1

Belimo

AV...

OVA-B2

Belimo (Old OAB3/8 UNF)

AV...

OVA-B3

Belimo (BTV/BTR)

NV...

OVA-B4

Controlli

MVL...

OVA-C1

R+S

HM...

OVA-RS1

R+S (only for BTV valves)

HM...

OVA-RS2

Siemens

All types

OVA-S1

TAC Forta

M400/M800

OVA-T1

10

Chapter 10

Page 197


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Adapter kit for adapting Regin’s RVA actuators to valves of other brands Belimo valves Valve

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

Adapter type

H4…B

15 - 50

14

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H5…B

15 - 50

14

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H6…S

15 - 50

15

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H6…S

65 - 100

30

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

H6…S

125 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

H6…SP

40 - 80

18

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H6…SP

100

30

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

H6…SP

125 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

H6…N

15 - 50

14

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H664N

65

18

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H679N

80

18

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H6…N

65 - 100

30

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

H7…N

15 - 50

14

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H764N

65

18

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H779N

80

18

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-161

H7…N

65 - 100

30

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

H7…N

125 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-062

Valve

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

Adapter type

VLF125

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLF135

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLF335

65 - 80

20

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-F4

VLA121

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLA221

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLA131

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLA325

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLA325

65 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-F4

VLB225

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLB225

65 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-F4

VLA335

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLA335

65 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-F4

VLB235

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLB235

65 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-F4

VLA425

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLE122

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLE222

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLE122

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLE325

20 - 40

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLC125

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLC225

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLC325

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VLC425

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

ESBE

Page 198

Chapter 10


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Honeywell valves Valve

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

Adapter type

V5011R

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5013R

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5015A

100 - 150

38

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-013

V5329C

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5329A

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5016A

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5016A

100 - 150

38

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-013

V5025A

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5025A

100 - 150

38

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-013

V5050A

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5050A

100 - 150

38

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-013

V5329A

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V5329C

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V176A

15

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V176B

20 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

V176B

100

38

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-013

V538C6xxx

50 - 150

27...40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-013

V538C3xxx

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-011

L&G, L&S, Siemens valves

Chapter 10

Valve

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

Adapter type

VPF52E

15 - 40

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VPF52F

15 - 40

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VVF21

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VVF21

100

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-082

VVF31

25 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VVF31

100 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-082

VVF40

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VVF40

100 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-082

VVF41

50 - 150

20/40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-082

VVF45

50 - 150

20/40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-082

VVF51/52

15 - 40

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VVF61

15 - 25

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VVF61

40 - 150

20/40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-082

VXF21

25 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

Not required

VXF21

100

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

Not required

VXF31

25 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

Not required

VXF31

100 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

Not required

VXF40

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

Not required

VXF40

100 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

Not required

VXF41

15 - 40

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

Not required

VXF41

50 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

Not required

VXF61

15 - 25

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

Not required

VXF61

40 - 150

20/40

RVA18.../RVA25...

Not required

VVG41

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-081

VXG41

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

Not required

10

Page 199


V a l v e s

a n d

v a l v e

a c t u a t o r s

Old Osby-valves with 3/8” UNF thread on the spindle Valve

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

Adapter type

2SA/2SB

15 - 80

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-132

2SB

100

38

RVA18...

OVA-133

CVF

20 - 65

32

RVA18...

OVA-133

GTR/GTV

25 - 50

20...24

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-132

GTR/GTV

65 - 150

40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-133

MTR/MTV

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-132

Adapter type

Satchwell Valve

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

VZ

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-132

VZF

65 - 150

27...40

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-133

DN [mm] min.-max.

Stroke (mm)

Actuator

Adapter type

TAC valves Valve

Page 200

STL

20 - 65

31.5

RVA18...

OVA-031

STL-SR

20 - 65

22

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V241

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V341

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V353

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V231

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V232

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V298

20 - 40

22

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V211

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V211T

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VG211

15 - 50

16.5/25

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

VG222

65 - 150

25/45

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-031

V311

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V311T

15 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V212

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V212T

25 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V395

40 - 50

20

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V395

65 - 100

30/39.5

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-031

V265

40 - 100

31.5/40.9/50.3

RVA18...

OVA-031

V221

65 - 100

30/39.5

RVA18.../RVA25...

OVA-031

V384, V386, V392, V394

20 - 32

22

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V384, V386, V392, V394

40 - 50

31.5

RVA18...

OVA-031

V292

20 - 32

22

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V292

40 - 100

31.5/40.9/50.3

RVA18...

OVA-031

V294

20 - 32

22

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V295

20 - 32

22

RVA5.../RVA10...

OVA-131

V295

40 - 100

31.5/40.9/50.3

RVA18...

OVA-031

Chapter 10


D a mp e r

a c t u a t o r s

C hapt er 11

Damper actuators Regin has a complete range of damper actuators. They are supplied in different models from 4...40 Nm with or without spring return.

Chapter 11

Page 201


D a mp e r

a c t u a t o r s

Damper actuators with spring return 4 Nm damper actuator with spring return Technical data Mounting

Directly on jack shaft

For jack shaft

8...16 mm Ø (round shaft), 8...12 mm (square shaft)

Max. damper size

0.8 m2

Torque

4 Nm

Auxiliary switch (RDAB5S-24S and RDAB5S-230S)

1 x SPDT 6 (1.5) A, 250 V AC. Switching point: adjustable 0...100 %.

Running time, spring return

~ 20 s, -20...+50°C, max 60 s at -30°C

Protection class

IP54

Control signal

Supply voltage

Running time, actuator

On/off

24 V AC/DC, 7 VA

40...75 s (0...4 Nm)

On/off

24 V AC/DC, 7 VA

40...75 s (0...4 Nm)

On/off

230 V AC, 7 VA

40...75 s (0...4 Nm)

On/off

230 V AC, 7 VA

40...75 s (0...4 Nm)

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

24 V AC/DC, 7 VA

150 s

Auxiliary switch

Type RDAB5S-24

Yes

RDAB5S-24S RDAB5S-230

Yes

RDAB5S-230S RDAB5S-24A

15 Nm damper actuator with spring return Technical data

Page 202

Mounting

Directly on jack shaft

For jack shaft

10...20 mm Ø (round shaft), 10...16 mm (square shaft)

Max. damper size

3 m2

Torque

15 Nm

Auxiliary switch (RDAB15S-24S and RDAB15S-230S)

2 x EPU 6 (3) A, 250 V AC. Switching points: fixed 5 %, adjustable 26...89 %.

Running time, spring return

~ 16 s

Protection class

IP54

Control signal

Supply voltage

Running time, actuator

On/off

24 V AC/DC, 10 VA

150 s

On/off

24 V AC/DC, 10 VA

150 s

On/off

230 V AC, 11 VA

150 s

On/off

230 V AC, 11 VA

150 s

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

24 V AC/DC, 10 VA

150 s

Auxiliary switch

Type RDAB15S-24

Yes

RDAB15S-24S

Yes

RDAB15S-230S

RDAB15S-230 RDAB15S-24A

Chapter 11


D a mp e r

a c t u a t o r s

Damper actuators without spring return 5 Nm damper actuator without spring return Technical data Mounting

Directly on jack shaft

For jack shaft

6...16 mm Ø (round shaft), 4...11 mm (square shaft)

Max. damper size

1.0 m2

Torque

5 Nm

Auxiliary switch (RDAB5-24S and RDAB5-230S)

1 mA ... 3 (0.5) A, 250 V AC

Protection class

IP54

Control signal

Supply voltage

Running time, actuator

On/off, 3-point

24 V AC/DC, 2 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

24 V AC/DC, 2 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

230 V AC, 4 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

230 V AC, 4 VA

150 s

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

24 V AC/DC, 2 VA

150 s

Auxiliary switch

Type

Yes

RDAB5-24S

RDAB5-24 RDAB5-230 Yes

RDAB5-230S RDAB5-24A

10 Nm damper actuator without spring return Technical data

Chapter 11

Mounting

Directly on jack shaft

For jack shaft

8...20 mm Ø (round shaft), 10...16 mm (square shaft)

Max. damper size

2 m2

Torque

10 Nm

Auxiliary switch (RDAB10-24S and RDAB10-230S)

1 mA ... 3 (0.5) A, 250 V AC

Protection class

IP54

Control signal

Supply voltage

Running time, actuator

On/off, 3-point

24 V AC/DC, 3.5 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

24 V AC/DC, 3.5 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

230 V AC, 6 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

230 V AC, 6 VA

150 s

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

24 V AC/DC, 3.5 VA

150 s

Auxiliary switch

11 Type RDAB10-24

Yes

RDAB10-24S RDAB10-230

Yes

RDAB10-230S RDAB10-24A

Page 203


D a mp e r

a c t u a t o r s

20 Nm damper actuator without spring return Technical data Mounting

Directly on jack shaft

For jack shaft

10...20 mm Ø (round shaft), 10...20 mm (square shaft)

Max. damper size

4 m2

Torque

20 Nm

Auxiliary switch (RDAB20-24S and RDAB20-230S)

1 mA ... 3 (0.5) A, 250 V AC

Protection class

IP54

Control signal

Supply voltage

Running time, actuator

On/off, 3-point

24 V AC/DC, 4 VA

150 s

Auxiliary switch

Type RDAB20-24

On/off, 3-point

24 V AC/DC, 4 VA

150 s

On/off, 3-point

230 V AC, 6 VA

150 s

Yes

RDAB20-24S

On/off, 3-point

230 V AC, 6 VA

150 s

Yes

RDAB20-230S

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

24 V AC/DC, 4 VA

150 s

RDAB20-24A

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

230 V AC, 6 VA

150 s

RDAB20-230A

RDAB20-230

40 Nm damper actuator without spring return Technical data

Page 204

Mounting

Directly on jack shaft

For jack shaft

12...20 mm Ø (round shaft), 9...16 mm (square shaft)

Max. damper size

8 m2

Torque

40 Nm

Protection class

IP54

Control signal

Supply voltage

Running time, actuator

Type

On/off

24 V AC/DC, 7 VA

150 s

RDAB40-24

On/off

230 V AC, 7 VA

150 s

RDAB40-230

0...10 V DC (working range 2... 10 V)

24 V AC/DC, 7 VA

150 s

RDAB40-24A

Chapter 11


D a mp e r

a c t u a t o r s

Damper actuator accessories Description

Type

Ball joint for 8 mm push rods

RK8

Ball joint for 8 mm push rods, 100 pcs

RK8:100

Ball joint for 10 mm push rods

SK10

Ball joint for 10 mm push rods, 100 pcs

SK10:100

Damper crank arm, universal, for Ø 10...18 mm or □ 10...14 mm

KH8

Damper crank arm for RDAB20

AH-20

Damper crank arm for RDAB10

AH-25

Damper crank arm for RDAB15S

KH-AF

Shaft extension, 250 mm, Ø 10...18 mm, □ 10...14 mm

AV10-18

Shaft extension, 75 mm, Ø 10...18 mm, □ 10...14 mm

AV1

Mounting kit for RDAB15S, for axial movement

ZG-AF

Mounting kit for RDAB5S, for axial movement

ZG-LF1

Mounting kit for RDAB10, for axial movement

ZG-NMA

Mounting kit for RDAB20, for axial movement

ZG-SMA

Spindle clamp for RDAB5S, round shaft, 16...20 mm

K6-1

1-pole add-on auxiliary switch for RDAB5 and RDAB40

S1A

2-pole add-on auxiliary switch for RDAB5 and RDAB40

S2A

Ground plate extension for RDAB20

Z-SMA

Adapter 8x8 mm to Ø 16 mm

ZA-LM

11

Chapter 11

Page 205


D a mp e r

Page 206

a c t u a t o r s

Chapter 11 


M i s c e l l a n e o u s

p r o d u c t s

C hapt er 12

Miscellaneous products

Chapter 12

Page 207


M i s c e l l a n e o u s

p r o d u c t s

Miscellaneous Thermometer Robust thermometer for duct mounting. Easy to mount. Can be adjusted to fit different duct sizes by means of a moveable fastening flange. A rubber seal prevents air leakage. Technical data Diameter

65 mm

Total length

162 mm

Description

Temperature range

Type

Thermometer

-40...+40°C

T40

0...60°C

T60

0...100°C

T100

-40...+40°C (25 units)

T40:25

Magnet tester User-friendly, pen-shaped device for detection of magnetic fields and error detection in automation systems with coils and solenoid valves. The magnet tester is sensitive and responds immediately by means of an LED indication and a buzzing tone when held against the activated magnetic valve or coil. Description

Type

Magnet tester

MAGNETTESTER

Differential pressure manometer, MINI1200 Simple, compact, easy-to-use filter manometer. MINI1200 is supplied with measuring fluid, pressure outlets and an adhesive label for noting down the filter type and the initial and final pressure drop. Technical data

Page 208

Pressure range

0...1200 Pa

Dimensions

180 x 30 mm

Description

Type

Manometer

MINI1200

Manometer, 25 units

MINI1200:25

Chapter 12


M i s c e l l a n e o u s

p r o d u c t s

Differential pressure manometer, MV600 Device for high accuracy measurements. The manometer measures up to 600 Pa differential pressure with enhanced resolution between 0...200 Pa. Equipped with blow-out protection and a knob for zero point adjustment. Max. total pressure 100 kPa. MV600 is supplied with measuring fluid, pressure outlets, tubing, screws and an adhesive label for noting down the initial and final pressure drop. Technical data Pressure range

0...600 Pa

Accuracy

±3 %

Ambient temperature

-45...+65°C

Dimensions

210 x 140 x 33 mm

Description

Type

Manometer

MV600

Manometer accessories

Chapter 12

Description

Type

Blue measuring fluid (MINI1200) 1.05 g/cm³, 500 ml

MM-F2

Red measuring fluid (MV600) 0.786 g/cm³, 30 ml

MM-F3

Pressure outlet, black plastic. For 6 mm tubing, 25 pcs.

MTU:25

Pressure outlet, black plastic. For 6 mm tubing, 100 pcs.

MTU:100

Plastic tubing Ø 6 mm. Transparent, 25 m.

MM-P:25

Plastic tubing Ø 6 mm. Transparent, 100 m.

MM-P:100

Expansion plug, grey plastic, 8 mm, 1000 pcs

IPP8:1000

Expansion plug, grey plastic, 10 mm, 1000 pcs

IPP10:1000

Expansion plug, grey plastic, 12 mm, 250 pcs

IPP12:250

Plastic T-branch joining piece, for 6 mm tubing, 100 pcs

T-ROR:100

12

Page 209


M i s c e l l a n e o u s

Page 210

p r o d u c t s

Chapter 12 


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

C hapt er 13

Application examples

Chapter 13

Page 211


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

Application examples A large Regin system This example shows a large system with several types of communication media. Key features: • TCP/IP, GSM and dial-up modem in one system • Two (or more) dial-up connected modems make it possible to connect one controller and at the same time receive alarms from other controllers • LON or EIB is integrated in one or several buildings

Dial-up systems

Page 212

Chapter 13


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

EXOflex alternatives The PIFA units are used to design the functionality of the EXOflex controllers. They have digital and analogue inputs and outputs, communication ports, etc. Below are a few examples.

• 10 DI • 6 DO • 4 AI • 4 AO

• 20 DI • 12 DO • 12 AI • 6 AO

• 36 DI • 20 DO • 12 AI • 12 AO

13 • 100 DI • 36 DO • 36 AI • 24 AO

Chapter 13

Page 213


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

EXOflex and local buses

Page 214

Chapter 13 


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

EXOcompact / Corrigo E Advanced System

EXOcompact / Corrigo E TCP/IP

13 EXOcompact / Corrigo E RS485 EXOline

Chapter 13

Page 215


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

EXOcompact / Corrigo E Dial-up

EXOcompact / Corrigo E Modbus

Page 216

Chapter 13 


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

EXOcompact / Corrigo E LON system

Corrigo E GSM alarm

13

Chapter 13

Page 217


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

EXOcompact / Corrigo E OPC

Protocol standards

Page 218

Chapter 13 


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

Regio Midi TCP/IP - RS485 (example 1)

Regio Midi TCP/IP - RS485 (example 2)

13

Chapter 13

Page 219


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

Regio Maxi TCP/IP

Regio Maxi RS485, TCP/IP backbone

Page 220

Chapter 13 


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

Control systems Constant supply air control Constant supply air control (constant supply air, duct temperature control) is used when heated air is blown into a room at a constant temperature. A temperature sensor is located in the supply air duct. This sensor is connected to a controller (with P- or PI-function) and the controller is connected to an actuator with a valve. The controller can also control multiple actuators in sequence.

Frost protection - frost protection sensor The purpose of the frost protection sensor is to prevent the formation of ice in the air heating coil. If ice is allowed to form, the air heater may freeze and burst, with subsequent water damage. The location of the temperature sensor is of particular importance, since it must be able to sense when the temperature is too low. It can be difficult to determine where in the air heater the temperature is at its lowest.

Room control Room control (constant room temperature, extract air control) is used to maintain a constant temperature in the room. Room control is used when the temperature in the room is variable due to draughts, machinery heat loads, etc. The supply air temperature will vary depending on whether it is necessary to heat or to cool the premises. A sensor located in the supply air duct dictates a minimum and a maximum supply air temperature so that air which is too cold or too hot is not blown into the room. Regin’s controllers have built-in cascade control. They, in turn, contain two controllers, P+PI or PI+PI. The first controller is connected to a sensor in the room and the second to a sensor in the supply air duct. The controllers are connected so that the output signal of the first controller forms the input signal of the second.

The sensor can be placed on a pipeline (1), on the return (2), or on a pipe bend (3). The best location depends on the design of the heater. Some heating coils are fitted with a standard sensor receptor (4). A frost protection sensor may be electromechanical or electronic. The electronic frost protection sensor often has several functions: A.

To stop the supply air fan at a certain temperature.

B.

To provide a minimum limit for the heating coil temperature when the fan is in operation.

C.

To maintain a constant coil temperature when the fan is nonoperational. The outdoor air damper will close when the frost protection sensor stops the fan.

A temperature change in the room results in a change of the duct controller setpoint. The size of this change is determined by the cascade factor, CF. The cascade factor is the amplification at the first controller, i.e. the number of degrees by which the supply air temperature should be changed if the room temperature is changed by 1°C. The main sensor is located in the room or in the extract air duct (if the average temperature of multiple rooms is required). The main sensor, together with the controller, determines the supply air temperature for each individual load. The controller can also control several actuators in sequence.

Chapter 13

Page 221

13


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

P-control, P-band P-control stands for proportional control, i.e. a change at the sensor bears a certain relation to a change in the actuator. The magnitude of the actuator movement is determined by the amplification F. A small amplification results in a small movement for a given change, while a large amplification results in a large movement for the same change. However, the amplification F is not usually used in terms of comfort: instead, we refer to a P-band. The P-band is equal to 1/F (%). The P-band can also be expressed as the temperature change required for the actuator to move from closed to open position. Then the P-band value is specified in °C. One example of P-controllers is automatic thermostat valves fitted to radiators. When the temperature in the room drops, the valve opens to the corresponding extent. These valves usually have a P-band of 2°C, i.e. a change in the room temperature of 2°C is required for the valve to open fully, which means that the temperature in the room will vary within these 2°C. This is known as P deviation. It should then be possible for the P-band to be reduced in order to achieve a more even temperature, but the system would then become unstable, i.e. the valve would start to open and close continuously, with a fluctuating temperature (increasing and decreasing) as a result. P-controllers are sometimes used for ventilation purposes in order to maintain a constant temperature, e.g. the supply air temperature. Then the P deviation results in an undesirable temperature variation. If P deviation is not required, it is possible to use a controller containing an integrator instead so that PI-control is achieved.

Small amplification means a large P-band

PI-control, I-time PI-control is a combination of P-control and I-control. It is possible to compare PI-control with what happens when you fill a bucket with water - first you turn the tap on fully (P-effect) and then you gradually turn it off again (I-effect) until the bucket is full.

I-control means integrating control. This means a control link where the output signal is influenced by the magnitude and time of the input signal. A large deviation over a long period of time gives a large output signal and vice versa - a small deviation over a short period of time gives a small output signal. This signal is added to the signal from the P-controller. I-time is defined as the time it takes to increase the output signal to equal the value of the P stage.

Large amplification means a small P-band

Page 222

Chapter 13


App l i c a t i o n

e x a mp l e s

Cascade control, cascade factor

Setpoint control

Cascade control is utilised e.g. for room control. Two controllers (P + PI or PI + PI) are used. The first controller is connected to a sensor in the room and the second to a sensor in the supply air duct. The controllers are connected so that the output signal of the first controller forms the input signal of the second. The cascade factor is the amplification at the first controller, i.e. the number of degrees by which the supply air temperature should be changed if the room temperature is changed by 1°C.

The SPC (setpoint control) input is used to change the desired temperature (setpoint value) from distance. This is done by displacing the setpoint value up or down. The input is adjusted to accommodate a standard signal, e.g. 0...10 V DC. At 5 V there is no effect, at 0 V the setpoint value is fully reduced, and at 10 V the value is fully increased.

Outdoor temperature compensation In some cases, it is desirable for the outdoor temperature to influence the main controller setpoint value, i.e. if the outdoor temperature falls below or exceeds a set value, the setpoint value is increased gradually. An outdoor sensor is then connected to the main controller via a separate unit.

Sequence control, neutral zone “Sequence“ means “series“ and therefore “sequence control“ means “series control“. When using sequence control, several actuators (output signals) are controlled in sequence, i.e. one actuator moves to its end position first followed by the next actuator, and so on. Sequence control usually takes place in two (e.g. cooling - heating) or three (e.g. cooling - recycling heating) stages.

Compensation can take place in the summer and/or in the winter. Summer compensation means that the setpoint value is increased when the outdoor temperature exceeds a set value, and winter compensation means that the setpoint value is increased when the outdoor temperature falls below a set value. An amplification factor for both summer and winter compensation determines the amount by which the setpoint value should be increased.

13

A neutral zone can be set between the cooling stage and the heating stage. The neutral zone (Nz) will give the cooling stage a higher setpoint value. This leads to a saving in energy used for cooling and will result in greater comfort since no sudden cold will be experienced by a person entering the room.

Chapter 13

Page 223


App l i c a t i o n

Page 224

e x a mp l e s

Chapter 13 


i n d e x

Index 1589

108

4161403

179

BTR32-16

182

141

1590

108

4161841

179

BTR40-27

182

CHM-0,6

152

1606

138

4806336

179

BTR50-39

182

CHM-0,6X

152

1607

138

BTV15-0,6

181

CHM-1,5

152

1608

138

181

CHM-1,5X

152

1609

138

A

BTV15-1,0 BTV15-1,6

181

CHM-2,5

152

105074

143

A19ABC-9037

97

BTV15-2,5

181

CHM-2,5X

152

2SAS15-0,63

191

A19BBC-9275

97

BTV20-3,9

181

CHM-COLD

152

2SAS15-1,0

191

97

BTV25-6,3

181

CHM-FLOW

152

2SAS15-1,6

191

149

BTV25-10

181

CHM-HYBRID

152

2SAS15-2.7

191

ABV24-S-300/D

149

BTV32-10

181

CHM-MBUSC

152

2SBS20-3,9

191

ABV-300/D

149

BTV32-16

181

CHM-POWER

152

2SBS20-6,3

191

ABV-S-300/D

149

BTV40-16

181

CHM-PULSE

152

2SBS25-10

191

ADAPTER

118

BTV40-27

181

CHM-SOLAR

152

2SBS32-16

191

123

BTV50-39

181

CHM-T5.2

152

2SBS40-27

191

143

CHM-TA1

152

2SBS50-39

191

125

152

2SBS65-63

191

C

CHM-TA2 CHM-TA3

152

2SBS80-100

191

AFL-12A-SE

51

C80DL-S

49

CO2DT

146

2SBS100-160

191

AH-20

205

C80D-S

49

CO2DT-R

146

29273800159014

194

AH-25

205

C80DT-S

49

CO2HRT

145

29273800209006

194

AL24A1K

102

C80L-S

49

CO2HRT-D

145

29273800259000

194

AL24A1T

95

C80-S

49

CO2RT

145

29273800329016

194

ANS

139

C80T-S

49

CO2RT-D

145

29273800409012

194

49

CO2RT-R

145

29273800509013

194

49

CO2RT-R-D

145

29563800509013

195

AQUA24TF

96

C150DT-S

49

COF

146

29563800659000

195

AQUA230T

96

C150L-S

49

CONV232-485

51

29563800809000

195

ARRIGO L

27

C150-S

49

CS-260

169

29563801009000

195

ARRIGO M

27

C150T-S

49

29563801259000

195

ARRIGO S

27

C152D-S

49

29563801509017

195

ARRIGO SETUP

27

C152DT-S

49

D

29617600159000

196

ARRIGO UPGRADE

27

C152-S

49

DF

117

29617600159008

196

ARRIGO XL

27

C152T-S

49

123

29617600159009

196

ARRIGO XS

27

C280DL-S

49

DFCM-215X

185

29617600209000

196

ARRIGO XXL

27

C280D-S

49

DFCM-220X

185

29617600209010

196

ATR83000

98

C280DT-S

49

DFCM-225X

185

29617600259000

196

ATR83100

98

C280L-S

49

DFCM-232X

185

29617600259011

196

ATR83101

98

C280-S

49

DFCM-315X

185

29617600409000

196

AV1

205

C280T-S

49

DFCM-320X

185

29617600409012

196

AV10-18

205

C282D-S

49

DFCM-325X

185

29617600509000

196

AVDT25

144

C282DT-S

49

DFCM-332X

185

29617600509013

196

C282-S

49

DF/FST

98

29617600659000

196

49

DMD

139

29617600809000

196

B

C282T-S CAB-E8D

64

DMD-C

140

29617601009000

196

DMF

97

138

50

64

375

BATTERY-4289

CAB-E15D

64

DR-90

118

108

50

CAB-E28D

3608

BATTERY-5518

69

DR-90R

118

179

50

CAN-IO-8R8X

4160801

BATTERY-5702

67

DR-90W

118

179

182

CAN-IO-16E24

4161101

BTR15-0,63

67

DR-135

118

179

182

CAN-IO-16EK

4161102

BTR15-1,0

68

DR-135R

118

179

182

CAN-IO-16R

4161103

BTR15-1,6

66

DSP24A1/D

161

179

182

CAN-IO-16X

4161201

BTR15-2,1

68

DSP24N3/D

162

4161202

179

182

CAN-IO-16Y10

DTK10

142

179

182

135

4161203

BTR20-4,2

CCERT-E

136

DTK10-420

142

179

182

4161402

BTR20-5,6 BTR25-10

182

CCERT-H

140

DTK20

142

Index

A19BRC-9253 ABV24-300/D

AF AFL-12A-GB

BTR15-2,7

51

140 141

C150DL-S C150D-S

Page 225

14


i n d e x

DTK20-420

142

E152D-S

62

EP2032

40

FRS25-1,6

192

DTK40

142

E152D-S-WEB

63

EP3016

40

FRS25-2,5

192

DTK40-420

142

E152-S

63

EP4024

41

FRS25-4,0

192

DTK100

142

E152-S-WEB

63

EP5012

41

FRS32-0,6

192

DTK100-420

142

E282D-S

62

EP6012

41

FRS32-1,0

192

DTK250

142

E282D-S-WEB

63

EP7218

42

FRS32-1,6

192

DTK250-420

142

E282-S

63

EP7408

42

FRS32-2,5

192

DTK400

142

E282-S-WEB

63

EP7416

43

FRS32-4,0

192

DTK400-420

142

E-CABLE-RS232

64

EP8101

43

FRS40-0,6

192

DTK600

142

65

EP8102

43

FRS40-1,0

192

DTK600-420

142

E-CABLE-RS232

50

EP8210

43

FRS40-1,6

192

DTK1000

142

E-CABLE-TCP/IP

64

EP8282

44

FRS40-2,5

192

DTK1000-420

142

65

E-TOOL

64

FRS40-4,0

192

DTK1600

142

E-CABLE-USB

50

E-TOOL-S

65

FRS50-6,3

192

DTK1600-420

142

64

EX8282

46

FRS50-10

192

DTK2500

142

65

EXO4L7PCC-2009

28

FRS50-16

192

DTK2500-420

142

E-CASE

65

EXO4L7USB-2009

28

FRS50-20

192

DTK-NIPPEL

142

ED9100-3

160

EXO4M7PCC-2009

28

FRS65-6,3

192

DTK-R

142

ED9100-3

64

EXO4M7USB-2009

28

FRS65-10

192

DTL1

141

ED9100-10

160

EXO4OPC-BL

28

FRS65-16

192

DTL1-420

141

ED9100-10

64

EXO4S7PCC-2009

28

FRS65-20

192

DTL05/05

141

ED9100IP65-3

64

EXO4S7USB-2009

28

FRSD20-0,6

193

DTL05/05-420

141

160

EXO4TRIAL

28

FRSD20-1,0

193

DTL150

140

ED9200

160

EXO4UPGRADE

35

FRSD20-1,6

193

DTL150-420

140

ED9200IP65

160

EXO4WEB-L7

30

FRSD20-2,5

193

DTL310

140

E-DSP-3

161

EXO4WEB-M7

30

FRSD20-4,0

193

DTL310-420

140

E-DSP-3

64

EXO4WEB-S7

30

FRSD25-0,6

193

DTL516

140

E-DSP-10

161

EXO4WEB-XL7

30

FRSD25-1,0

193

DTL516-420

140

E-DSP-10

64

EXO4WEB-XS7

30

FRSD25-1,6

193

DTL1650

140

EE21-FT3A21

137

EXO4XL7PCC-2009

28

FRSD25-2,5

193

DTL1650-420

140

EE21-FT6A21

137

EXO4XL7USB-2009

28

FRSD25-4,0

193

DTL...-D

140

EFV48-10

129

EXO4XS7PCC-2009

28

FRSD32-0,6

193

141

EFV48-300/25

129

EXO4XS7USB-2009

28

FRSD32-1,0

193

DTV200

139

EFV48-300/250

129

EXO-COMMUNICATOR 45

FRSD32-1,6

193

DTV500

139

EH10-S

39

EXODESIGNER2009

34

FRSD32-2,5

193

DTV1000

139

EH11-S

38

EXOHOTEL

32

FRSD32-4,0

193

DTV2000

139

EH20-S

39

EXOOPC

32

FRSD40-0,6

193

DTV5000

139

EH21-S

38

EXOREPORT

31

FRSD40-1,0

193

EH30-S

39

FRSD40-1,6

193

EH31-S

38

193

EH40-S

39

F

FRSD40-2,5 FRSD40-4,0

193

E E0-R

161

EH41-S

38

FDR2-CS

128

FST600

98

E0-R230K

161

EH-CARDHOLDER

44

FL1-D

99

FTR2-CS

128

E8D-S

62

EK10

160

FL1-S

99

FV

129

E8D-S-LON

63

EK10-3

160

FL1TP

100

FV1/D

164

E8D-S-WEB

63

EK12

160

FLS304

144

FV5

179

E8-S

63

EK14

160

FMCE

169

FV10

129

63

EK20

46

169

FVR2S-CS

128

E8-S-WEB

63

EK22

46

FMK2

169

FVR10

178

E15D-S

62

EK24

46

FR3-CS

128

FVR15

178

E15D-S-LON

63

EK54

169

FRS15-0,6

192

FVR20

178

E15D-S-WEB

63

EK108

169

FRS15-1,0

192

E15-S

63

EK216

169

FRS15-1,6

192

E15-S-LON

63

EK324

169

FRS15-2,5

192

G

E15-S-WEB

63

EMU1

153

FRS20-0,6

192

GPRS5.0E

159

E28D-S

62

EMU10

153

FRS20-1,0

192

GTRS32-16

188

E28D-S-LON

63

EMU100

153

FRS20-1,6

192

GTRS40-27

188

E28D-S-WEB

63

EMU1000

153

FRS20-2,5

192

GTRS50-39

188

E28-S

63

EP0000

44

FRS20-4,0

192

GTRS65-63

188

E28-S-LON

63

EP1004

40

FRS25-0,6

192

GTRS80-100

188

E28-S-WEB

63

EP1011

40

FRS25-1,0

192

GTRS100-160

188

E8-S-LON

Page 226

FMCO

Index


i n d e x

GTRS125-215

188

HTRTN

134

MJH50WF-15H4

153

MTVS15-1,6

184

GTRS150-310

188

HTRTN-420

134

MJH65WF-25

153

MTVS15-2,1

184

GTVS32-16

188

HTRTN-D

134

MJH65WF-25H4

153

MTVS15-2,7

184

GTVS40-27

188

HVS

137

MJH80WF-15

153

MTVS20-4,2

184

GTVS50-39

188

MJH80WF-15X

153

MTVS20-5,6

184

GTVS65-63

188

153

MTVS25-10

184

GTVS80-100

188

I

MJH80WF-40 MJH80WF-40H4

153

MTVS32-16

184

GTVS100-160

188

IR24-P

149

MJH80WF-40H8

153

MTVS40-27

184

GTVS125-215

188

IR24-PC

149

MJH80WF-40X

153

MTVS50-39

184

GTVS150-310

188

IPP8:1000

209

MJH100WF-15

153

MUF

127

IPP10:1000

209

MJH100WF-60H8

153

MUF-HS80

127

IPP12:250

209

MJH125WF-15

153

MV600

209

MJH150WF-15

153

MM-P:25

209

K

MJH150WF-150H8

153

MM-P:100

209

MJH200WF-15

153

MTU:25

209

K6-1

205

MJH250WF-15

153

MTU:100

209

MJH300WF-15

153

MJH-FLOW

155

MJH-HYBRID

155

N

MJH-MBUS

155

NIMBUS-2009

33

MJH-PULSEE

155

NTVS15-0,4

190

MJH-PULSEEV

155

NTVS15-1,0

190

MJH-R4

155

NTVS15-1,6

190

H HA010101

138

HA010102

138

HA010103

138

HA010105

138

KG-A/1

92

HA010106

138

KH8

205

HA010401

138

KH-AF

205

HA010402

138

KITEXOEVALUATION 50

HA010410

138

KRAC24-2WAU

166

HA010435

138

KRAC230-2W

166

HA010450

138

KRDC24-2WAU

166

HA010480

138

MJH-T10

155

NTVS15-2,7

190

HA010495

138

MM6-24/D

165

NTVS20-0,8

190

HD1-24/D

133

MM-F2

209

NTVS20-1,6

190

HD2-24/D

133

MM-F3

209

NTVS20-2,7

190

HDD1-24

133

MODEM56KINT232

158

NTVS20-3,9

190

HDT2200

135

MODEM56KINT485

158

NTVS20-6,3

190

HDT2200-420

135

MR-FVS1

128

NTVS25-1,6

190

HDT3200

136

MR-FVS5

129

NTVS25-2,5

190

HDT3200-420

136

MRT20-0,6

183

NTVS25-4,0

190

HM1150X

187

MRT20-1,0

183

NTVS25-6,3

190

HM2060X

187

MRT20-1,6

183

NTVS25-10

190

HM2090X

187

MRT20-2,5

183

NTVS32-4,0

190

HM2250X

187

MRT20-4,0

183

NTVS32-6,3

190

HM2250XRP/W

187

MRT25-0,6

183

NTVS32-10

190

HMH

132

MRT25-1,0

183

NTVS32-16

190

HMH2

132

MRT25-1,6

183

NTVS40-6,3

190

HPH148

132

MRT25-2,5

183

NTVS40-10

190

HPH1000

132

MRT25-4,0

183

NTVS40-16

190

HR1

131

MRTK-20

183

NTVS40-27

190

HR1-DH

131

MRTK-25

183

NTVS50-6,3

190

HR2

131

MS/FST

98

NTVS50-10

190

HRD1-24

133

MTF120MS

126

NTVS50-16

190

HR-S

131

MTF170MS

126

NTVS50-27

190

HRT250

135

MTF220MS

126

NTVS50-39

190

HRT250-420

135

MTF310MS

126

NTVS65-16

190

HRT350

134

MTRS15-0,63

184

NTVS65-27

190

HRT350-420

134

MTRS15-1,0

184

NTVS65-39

190

HRTN

134

MTRS15-1,6

184

NTVS65-63

190

HRTN-420

134

MTRS15-2,1

184

NTVS80-100

190

HRTN-D

134

MTRS15-2,7

184

NTVS100-160

190

HTDT2200

135

MTRS20-4,2

184

NTVS125-215

190

HTDT2200-420

135

MTRS20-5,6

184

NTVS150-310

190

HTDT3200

136

MTRS25-10

184

HTDT3200-420

136

MTRS32-16

184

HTRT250

135

MTRS40-27

184

O

HTRT250-420

135

MTRS50-39

184 184

77

134

MTVS15-0,63

OP5

HTRT350

134

184

77

HTRT350-420

MTVS15-1,0

OP10 OP10-230

77

Index

M MAF

125

MAGNET-424

165

MAGNETTESTER

208

MALF

125

MHYK

136

MHYR

137

MINI1200

208

MJH20-1,5H

154

MJH20-1,5VD

154

MJH20-1,5VU

154

MJH20-2,5H

154

MJH20-2,5VD

154

MJH20-2,5VU

154

MJH20F-1,5H

154

MJH20F-2,5H

154

MJH25-3,5H

154

MJH25-3,5VD

154

MJH25-3,5VU

154

MJH25-6,0H

154

MJH25-6,0VD

154

MJH25-6,0VU

154

MJH25F-3,5H

154

MJH25F-6,0H

154

MJH32-6,0H

154

MJH32-6,0VD

154

MJH32-6,0VU

154

MJH32F-6,0H

154

MJH40-10H

154

MJH40-10VD

154

MJH40-10VDX

154

MJH40-10VU

154

MJH40-10VUX

154

MJH40F-10H

154

MJH50WF-15

153

Page 227

14


i n d e x

OVA-011

199

RC-DO

91

RTAM-24

177

RU-FO

87

OVA-013

199

RC-DTO

91

RTAM-24A

177

RU-O

87

OVA-031

200

RC-F

91

RTAM-230

177

RV5027

75

OVA-062

198

RCF-230AD

94

RTAOM-24

177

RVA5-24

186

OVA-081

199

RCF-230D

93

RTAOM-230

177

RVA5-24A

186

OVA-082

199

RCF-230TD

94

RU

87

RVA10-24

186

OVA-131

198

RCFM-230D

93

RU6S-CSM

71

RVA10-24A

186

200

RCFM-230TD

94

RU9S.Adap

74

RVA18-24

186

OVA-132

200

RC-FO

91

RU9S.CS

74

RVA18-24A

186

OVA-133

200

RC-H

91

RU9S.M

74

RVA25-24

186

OVA-161

198

RC-O

91

RU9S.SSK

74

RVA25-24A

186

OVA-B1

197

RCP100

86

RU62-00-010

71

RVAF5-24A

186

OVA-B2

197

RCP100F

86

RU62-00-100

71

RVAR5-24

186

OVA-B3

197

RCP100FT

86

RU63-1F-110

71

RVAR5-24A

186

OVA-B4

197

RCP100T

86

RU63-1K-110

71

RVAZ4-24

185

OVA-C1

197

RCP200

86

RU64-00-020

71

RVAZ4-24A

185

OVA-F4

198

RCP200F

86

RU64-00-210

71

RW5

75

OVA-RS1

197

RCP200FT

86

RU64-1F-110

71

RC-CONN:10

92

OVA-RS2

197

RCP200T

86

RU64-1K-110

71

RCP-CONN

86

OVA-S1

197

RCP-CASE

86

RU65-00-040

71

RK8:100

205

OVA-T1

197

RCP-DIN

86

RU65-00-210

71

RC-T

91

RU65-1F-110

71

P

RC-TO

91

RU65-1K-110

71

S

RDAB5-24

203

RU66-00-130

71

S1A

205

PASTA

116

RDAB5-24A

203

RU66-00-220

71

S2A

205

120

RDAB5-24S

203

RU66-1F-120

71

S50

148

PASTA-20

116

RDAB5-230

203

RU66-1K-120

71

S50-OE-GA4

148

120

RDAB5-230S

203

RU67-00-040

71

S65

148

PLTCE

169

RDAB5S-24

202

RU67-1F-030

71

S65-OE

148

PLT-E8

64

RDAB5S-24A

202

RU67-1K-030

71

S02420001

181

PLT-E15

64

RDAB5S-24S

202

RU67-2F-010

71

S0603080300

184

PLT-E28

64

RDAB5S-230

202

RU67-2F-100

71

188

PULSER

104

RDAB5S-230S

202

RU67-2K-010

71

190

PULSER220R

104

RDAB10-24

203

RU67-2K-100

71

S6321457301

181

PULSER220X010

104

RDAB10-24A

203

RU68-3E-240

71

182

PULSER380X010

104

RDAB10-24S

203

RU68-ER

71

183

PULSER-ADD

104

RDAB10-230

203

RU69-2L2

71

192

PULSER/D

104

RDAB10-230S

203

RU69-L2

71

193

PULSER-DSP

105

RDAB15S-24

202

RU94.00-010

73

SA48-15/20

129

PULSER-HC-LON

105

RDAB15S-24A

202

RU94.00-100

73

SA480/40

129

PULSER-M

104

RDAB15S-24S

202

RU94.1F-110

73

SA480/50

129

PULSER-X/D

104

RDAB15S-230

202

RU94.1K-110

73

SA480/100

129

RDAB15S-230S

202

RU96-00-020

73

S-BP

148

RDAB20-24

204

RU96.1F-110

73

S-BPR-S50

148

RDAB20-24A

204

RU96.1K-110

73

S-BPR-S65

148

RDAB20-24S

204

RU96.1K-120

73

SC1/D

163

RDAB20-230

204

RU96.GM

73

SC2/D

163

RDAB20-230A

204

RU96.L2

73

SDD-OE50

148

RDAB20-230S

204

RU98.1F-110

73

SDD-OE50-M

148

RDAB40-24

204

RU98.1F-120

73

SDD-OE65

148

RDAB40-24A

204

RU98.1K-120

73

SDD-OE65-M

148

RDAB40-230

204

RU98.1W-110

73

SDD-OE65-R

148

REGIO BOX

86

RU98.ER

73

SDD-S50

148

REPEAT485

51

RU98.GM

73

SDD-S50-M

148

RK8:100

205

RU98.L2

73

SDD-S65

148

RM6-24/D

164

RU-CBL3

86

SDD-S65-M

148

RM6H-24/D

164

RU-CBL10

86

SDD-S65-R

148

RR-G3

165

RU-DFO

87

SET-GSM100LA

158

RRT025A

97

RU-DO

87

SET-GSM100LC

159

RRT025B

97

RU-DOS

87

SET-GSM100LE

159

RT5

75

RU-F

87

SF

150

R R10-LON

95

RB3

92

RC

91

RC-C

89

RC-CDFO

89

RC-CDO RC-CDOC

89 89

RC-CDTO

89

RC-CF

89

RC-CFO

89

RC-CH

89

RC-CO

89

RC-CT

89

RC-CTH RC-CTO RC-DFO

Page 228

89 89 91

Index


i n d e x

SK10:100

205

TG-KH/MKF

128

TTK16

143

SKALA-1228

81

TG-KH/PT100

121

TTK16-420

143

Z

SKALA-3933

108

TG-KH/PT1000

121

TTK25

143

ZA-LM

205

SKALA-3934

108

TG-MH/PT1000

121

TTK25-420

143

ZG-AF

205

SKALA-3935

108

TG-R4/PT1000

123

TTK40

143

ZG-LF1

205

SPINN/D

165

TG-R5/MR

126

TTK40-420

143

ZG-NMA

205

SS-260

149

TG-R5/PT100

123

TTK100

143

ZG-SMA

205

STEMHEATER

194

TG-R5/PT1000

123

TTK100-420

143

Z-SMA

205

SK10:100

205

TG-R430

118

TT-S1

106

ZTR15-0,4

180

TG-R530

119

TT-S4/D

163

ZTR15-0,6

180

TG-R530M

119

TT-S6/D

163

ZTR15-0,25

180

TG-R540

119

T40:25

208

ZTR15-1,0

180

T T40

208

TG-R550

119

ZTR15-1,6

180

T60

208

TG-R600

119

180

208

TG-R630

119

U

ZTR20-2,0 ZTR20-2,5

180

119

TG-R650

119

UF-SOL1

127

ZTR20-4,0

180

TBI-30

119

TG-UH/PT100

123

UPGRADEL7

35

ZTR20-6,0

180

TBI-50

119

TG-UH/PT1000

123

UPGRADEM7

35

ZTV15-0,4

180

TBI-70

119

TH100

126

UPGRADES7

35

ZTV15-0,6

180

TBI-90

119

TH100R

126

UPGRADEXL7

35

ZTV15-0,25

180

TBI-100

119

TH150

126

UPGRADEXS7

35

ZTV15-1,0

180

TBI-PT1000

124

TH150R

126

ZTV15-1,6

180

148

TH200

126

ZTV20-2,0

180

130

TH200R

126

ZTV20-2,5

180

TDT200-420

130

TH290

126

ZTV20-4,0

180

TG-A1/PT100

120

TH290R

126

ZTV20-6,0

180

TG-A1/PT1000

120

TI-N

97

TG-A130

116

TLT130

130

TG-AH1/PT1000

120

TLT130-420

130

TG-B1/PT100

120

TM1-50

101

TG-B1/PT1000

120

TM1-IT/D

81

TG-B130

116

TM1N-24/D

80

TG-B150

116

TM1N/D

80

TG-B160

116

TM1-P

101

TG-B170

116

TM2-24/D

80

TG-B190

116

TRAFO15/D

167

TG-D1/PT100

123

TRAFO40/D

167

TG-D1/PT1000

123

TRAFO60

167

TG-D2/PT100

123

TRAFO75S

168

TG-D2/PT1000

123

T-ROR

TG-D130

117

100

209

TG-D150

117

TRT50

130

TG-D170

117

TRT50-420

130

TG-D190

117

TRTN

130

TG-D230

117

TRTN-420

130

TG-DH/PT100

122

TRTN-D

130

TG-DH/PT1000

122

TTC25

107

TG-DHW/PT100

122

TTC25X

107

TG-DHW/PT1000

122

TTC40F

107

TG-G130

117

TTC40FX

107

TG-G240

117

TTC63F

107

TG-K3/PT100

121

TTC80F

107

TG-K3/PT1000

121

TTC2000

106

TG-K3/PT1000/3,0

121

TTK1

143

TG-K300

118

TTK1-420

143

TG-K310

118

TTK2

143

TG-K330

118

TTK2-420

143

TG-K340

118

TTK5

143

TG-K350

118

TTK5-420

143

TG-K360

118

TTK10

143

TG-K370

118

TTK10-420

143

T100 TBI-10

TDS TDT200

Index

V VA32

179

VA39

179

VA44H

179

VA50

179

VA54

179

VA59

179

VA66

179

VA72

179

VA78

179

VA80

179

VF

125

VHR10

177

VHR15

177

VHR25

177

VR600

148

VR2000

148

W WEATHERLINK

14

33

X X204-0052:4

50

X1111

166

X1171A

51

X1176

50

X1178

92

X1312

166

X1314

166

X1804

165

X9011

158

X9017

46

X9021

51

X9035

46

XGDW11

158

Page 229


INDEX

Page 230

Index


Conversion charts Factor

Unit

Factor

Unit

Factor

Length

Inches feet

x 25.4 x 0.3048

= mm =m

x 0.03937 x 3.208

= inches = feet

Area

Square inches Square feet

x 645.16 x 0.0929

= mm² = m²

0.00155 x 10.764

= in² = ft²

Volume

Cubic inches Cubic feet Cubic feet Pints Imp.gal Imp.gal

x 16387 x 0.02832 x 28.32 x 0.56825 x 4.546 x 0.004546

= mm³ = m³ = litre = litre = litre = m³

0.000061 x 35.31 x 0.0353 x 1.7598 x 0.22 x 220

= in³ = ft³ = ft³ = Pints = Imp.gal = Imp.gal

Mass

Ib (pounds)

x 0.4536

= kg

x 2.2046

= lb

Force

lb (pounds)

x 4.448

=N

x 0.22482

= lb

Speed

ft/min

x 0.00508

= m/s

x 196.85

= ft/m

Flow

imp.gal/min Imp.gal/h ft³/min

x 0.07577 x 0.000126 x 0.000472

= l/s = m³/s = m³/s

x 13.2 x 7936.51 x 2118.64

= imp.gal/min = imp.gal/h = ft³/min

Heating power

kcal/h

x 1.163

=W

x 0.8598

= kcal/h

Pressure

lb/in² lb/in² kg/cm²

x 0.0689 x 0.0703 x 0.9807

= bar = kg/cm² = bar

x 14.5 x 14.22 x 1.020

= lb/in² = ib/in² = kg/cm²

kPa 1 kPa 1 Pa

Pa

bar

mm vp

m vp

MPa

kp/cm2

psi

1000

0.01

100

0.1

0.001

0.01

0.15

0.00001

0.1

0.0001

0.000001

0.00001

0.00015

0.001

1 bar

100

100000

1 mm vp

0.01

10

10000 0.0001

1 m vp

10

10000

0.1

1000

1 Mpa

1000

1000000

10

100000

10

0.1

1

15

0.001

0.00001

0.0001

0.0015

0.01 100

1 kp/cm2

100

100000

1

10000

10

0.1

1 psi

6.666667

6666.667

0.066667

666.6667

0.666667

0.006667

bar

x 14.50377

= psi = kPa

bar

x 100

kg/cm2

x 14.22334

= psi

inches Hg

x 0.4912

= psi

N/m2

x 1.0

= Pa

mbar

x 100

= Pa

°C

x (1.8x°C)+32

= °F

kgcm

x 0.098

= Nm

litre

x 1000

= m3

gal (IMP)

x 4.5460

= litre

gal (US)

x 3.7854

= litre

gal (IMP)

x 1.20095

= gal (US)

0.1

1.5

10

150 15

0.066667


T H E

C H A L L E N G E R

I N

B U I L D I N G

A U T O M A T I O N

AB Regin 2010. No warranties with regard to printing errors in this catalogue.

R E G I N

AB Regin Head office Box 116, S-428 22 Kållered,

Phone: +46 31 720 02 00

info@regin.se

Sweden

Fax: +46 31 720 02 50

www.regin.se

Germany

France

Spain

Singapore

RICCIUS + SOHN GmbH

Regin Controls SARL

Regin Ibérica, S.A.

Haynauer Str. 49

32 rue Delizy

C/Arganda 18 local

Regin Controls Asia Pacific Pte Ltd

D-12249 Berlin

F-93500 Pantin

E-28005 Madrid

Phone: +49 30 77 99 40

Phone: +33 1 41 71 00 34

Phone: +34 91 473 27 65

info@riccius-sohn.eu

info@regin.fr

info@regin.es

www.riccius-sohn.eu

www.regin.fr

www.reginiberica.com

66 Tannery Lane # 03-04 Sindo Building Singapore 347805 Phone: +65 6747 8233 info@regin.com.sg www.regin.com.sg

Hong Kong

Hangzhou, China

Regin Controls Hong Kong Ltd

Regin China Deputy Office

Room 2901

HuaYuan Development Plaza

EW International Tower

# 639 North JianGuo Road

120 Texaco Road

Hangzhou City, PRC 310004

Tsuen Wan, NT

Phone: +86 13958036899

Phone: +852 2407 0281 info@regin.com.hk www.regin.com.hk

info@regin.com.cn www.regin.com.hk

PRODCAT2010:1-EN

Hong Kong

Floor 17


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.